WO2004011498A2 - Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives - Google Patents

Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004011498A2
WO2004011498A2 PCT/CA2003/001097 CA0301097W WO2004011498A2 WO 2004011498 A2 WO2004011498 A2 WO 2004011498A2 CA 0301097 W CA0301097 W CA 0301097W WO 2004011498 A2 WO2004011498 A2 WO 2004011498A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
fmoc
arg
ser
gly
absent
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CA2003/001097
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2004011498A3 (en
Inventor
Dominique P. Bridon
Peter Bakis
Julie Carette
France Leclaire
Roger Leger
Martin Robitaille
Original Assignee
Conjuchem Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to CA002488348A priority Critical patent/CA2488348A1/en
Priority to US10/471,348 priority patent/US20040266673A1/en
Priority to AU2003246500A priority patent/AU2003246500A1/en
Priority to JP2004523679A priority patent/JP2006514607A/en
Priority to EP03771007A priority patent/EP1530588A2/en
Application filed by Conjuchem Inc. filed Critical Conjuchem Inc.
Publication of WO2004011498A2 publication Critical patent/WO2004011498A2/en
Publication of WO2004011498A3 publication Critical patent/WO2004011498A3/en
Priority to US11/040,810 priority patent/US20050176641A1/en
Priority to US11/067,556 priority patent/US7601691B2/en
Priority to US11/923,222 priority patent/US7906482B2/en
Priority to US11/926,843 priority patent/US20080199532A1/en
Priority to US12/253,856 priority patent/US20090275506A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/575Hormones
    • C07K14/58Atrial natriuretic factor complex; Atriopeptin; Atrial natriuretic peptide [ANP]; Cardionatrin; Cardiodilatin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/38Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12Antihypertensives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • NP natriuretic peptide
  • the natriuretic peptide family includes four structurally related polypeptide hormones: Atrial Natriuretic Peptide (ANP), Brain Natriuretic Peptide (BNP), C-type Natriuretic Peptide (CNP) and, recently discovered, Dendroaspis Natriuretic Peptide (DNP), (Yandle, 1994; Wilhins et al. 1997; Stein and Levin, 1998).
  • ANP Atrial Natriuretic Peptide
  • BNP Brain Natriuretic Peptide
  • CNP C-type Natriuretic Peptide
  • DNP Dendroaspis Natriuretic Peptide
  • ANP and BNP mediate natriuresis, diuresis, vasodilatation, antihypertension, renin inhibition, antimitogenesis, and lusitropic properties (increase in the heart's rate relaxation).
  • CNP lacks natriuretic actions but possesses vasodilating and growth inhibiting activity (Chen and Burnett, 2000).
  • the natriuretic peptide family counterbalances the effects of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (Espiner 1994,Wilkins et al. 1997, Levin et al.
  • ANP and BNP have been shown to be physiological antagonists of the effects of angiotensin II (Ang II) on vascular tone, aldosterone secretion, renal-tubule sodium reabsorption, and vascular cell growth (Harris et al. 1987, Itoh et al. 1990, Wilkins et al. 1997, Levin et al. 1998).
  • Ang II angiotensin II
  • secretion of vasopressin Obana et al. 1985
  • ET-1 endothelin-1
  • ANP and BNP do not cross the brain-blood barrier (BBB) but they do reach areas near the central nervous system (i.e. subfornical organ and hypothalamus).
  • the actions of NPs in the brain reinforce those in the periphery.
  • Natriuretic peptide receptors are present in areas adjacent to the third ventricle that are not separated from the blood by the BBB, a position that allows binding of circulating ANP as well as locally produced peptide (Langub et al., 1995 in Kelly R. and Struthers A.D., 2001).
  • natriuretic peptides are mediated through the binding and the activation of cell membrane receptors leading to cyclic GMP production in target cells. These include cGMP-dependent protein kinases (PKG), cGMP-gated ion channels and cGMP- regulated phosphodiesterases (Lincoln & Cornwell 1993, de Bold et al. 1996). Three subtypes of natriuretic peptide receptors have been described: NPR-A, NPR-
  • NPR-A and NPR-B are guanylyl cyclases through which the ligands induce the production of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP) (for review see Maack 1992,
  • NPR-A is thought to mediate many of the effects of ANP and BNP (Maack 1992, Davidson & Struthers 1994) while CNP acts via NPR-B receptors
  • NPR-C is a clearance receptor for all three natriuretic peptides, which may signal through alternative pathways (Anand-Srivastava et al.
  • ANP is a 28 amino acid peptide having a 17-an ⁇ ino acid loop formed by an intramolecular disulphide linkage between two cysteine residues, an amino tail of 6 amino acids and a carboxy tail of 5 amino acids.
  • Non-cardiac sites that contain ANP include the brain, anterior lobe of the pituitary gland, the lung, and the kidney (Stein and Levin, 1998).
  • BNP is a 32 amino acid peptide having a 17-amino acid loop formed by an intramolecular disulphide linkage between two cysteine residues, an amino-terminal tail of 9 amino acids and a carboxy-terminal tail of 6 amino acids.
  • BNP the second member of the NP family, was first detected in 1988 in extracts of porcine brain as it names suggests (Sudoh et al., 1988). However, it was subsequently shown, similarly to ANP, to be expressed primarily in the ventricular myocardium (Minamino et al., 1988; Hosoda et al., 1991) as well as in the brain and amnion (Stein and Levin, 1998).
  • BNP is released into the circulation when the heart is stretched (Kinnunen et al., 1993).
  • Direct studies of BNP secretion from isolated perfused heart (Ogawa et al., Circ. Res. 1991), and from in-vivo and tissue studies in humans (Mukoyama et al., J. Clin. Invest. 1991), showed that 60-80% of cardiac BNP secretion arises from the ventricle.
  • ANP is shown to have several therapeutic applications such as for hypertension and pulmonary hypertension (Veale et al.), asthma, renal failure, cardiac failure and radiodiagnostic (Riboghene Inc., Press Release 1998).
  • BNP is shown to have several therapeutic applications such as for hypertension, asthma and inflammatory-related diseases (Ivax Corp., 2001), hypercholesterolemia (BioNumerik Pharmaceuticals Inc, 2000), emesis (BioNumerik Pharmaceuticals Inc, 1996), erectile dysfunction (Ivax Corp., 1998), renal failure (Abraham et al., 1995), cardiac failure and diagnostic of such (Marcus et al., 1995; Miller et al., 1994), solid tumor treatment (BioNumerik Pharmaceuticals ie, 1999) and protection of common and serious toxicity with placlitaxel in metastatic breast cancer (Hausheer et al., 1998, BioNumerik Pharmaceuticals Inc, 2001).
  • ANP ANP
  • BNP BNP
  • Three independent mechanisms are responsible for the rapid clearance of ANP and BNP: 1) binding to NPR-C with subsequent internalization and lysosomal proteolysis; 2) proteolytic cleavage by endopeptidases such as DPP IV, NEP, APA, APP and ACE; and 3) renal secretion.
  • urodilatin a natriuretic peptide found to be an amino-terminal extended form of ANP, shows that the sole presence of the four additional residues at the N-terminal renders it much more resistant to enzymatic degradation (Kenny et al. 1993). Nevertheless, urodilatin has only an in vivo half-life of approximately 6 min (Carstens et al., 1998).
  • native human ANP is disclosed and claimed in US patent 5,354,900.
  • Peptides with longer or shorter amino-tenninal or carboxy-terminal tails of the native ANP sequence are disclosed in US patent 4,607,023, US patent 4,952,561, US patent 4,496,544 and US patent 6,013,630.
  • Fragments of the native ANP comprising the carboxy-terminal tail and a part of the loop are disclosed in US patent 4,673,732.
  • Dimers of ANP are proposed in US patent 4,656,158 and JP application 62,283,996.
  • Different ANP constructs are proposed in JP application 04,077,499, US patent 5,248,764 and application WO 02/10195.
  • ANP sequences with truncation of the amino-terminal tail, the carboxy-terminal tail or the loop, elongation of the tails, addition of alkyl group at one of the tails, amino acid substitutions in the tails or in the loop and/or substitution of the cysteine by another bridging group are proposed in US patent 4,935,492, US patent 4,757,048, US patent 4,618,600, US patent 4,764,504, US patent 5,212,286, US patent 5,258,368, US patent 5,665,704, US patent 5,846,932, EP application 0,271,041, EP application 0,341,603, application WO 90/14362, US patent 5,095,004, US patent 5,376,635, EP application 0,350,318, EP application 0,269,299, US patent 5,204,328, US patent 5,057,603, EP application 0,244,169, US patent 4,816,443, CA patent 1,267,086, EP application 0,303,243, US patent 4,861,755, US patent 5,340,920, JP application 05,
  • Linear peptides having a portion thereof that has some similarities with the loop section of ANP are disclosed in US patent 5,047,397, US patent 4,804,650 and US patent 5,449,662. Also, several number of derivatives, analogs, truncations, elongations and constructs of BNP are proposed and/or patented for improving the efficiency and/or the half-life of the native form of BNP; and the related prior art references are listed herein below.
  • modifications include one or more of the following modifications: truncation of the amino tail; truncation of the carboxy tail; elongation of the amino tail with the prepro sequence or a fragment thereof; addition of an alkyl group at the amino tail or the carboxy tail; and amino acid substitutions in the tails or in the loop; as disclosed in US patent 5,114,923, US patent 5 5,948,761, US patent 6,028,055, US patent 4,904,763, application JP 07,228,598 and application WO 98/45329.
  • the present NP derivative comprises a NP peptide having a reactive entity coupled thereto and capable of reacting with available functionalities on a blood component, either in vivo or ex vivo, to form a stable covalent bond and provide a NP peptide- blood component conjugate.
  • the NP peptide Being conjugated to a blood component, the NP peptide is prevented from undesirable cleavage by endogenous enzymes such as NEP and most likely also o prevents binding to the NPR-C receptor which is responsible for a large amount of the blood clearance, thereby extending its in vivo half-life and activity.
  • the covalent bonding fonned between the NP derivative and the blood component also substantially prevents renal excretion of the NP peptide until the blood component is degraded, thereby also contributing to extend its in vivo half-life to a period of time closer to the half-life of the blood component which can 5 represent an increase of 1 000 to 10 000 times.
  • the reactive entity may be on the N-terminal or the C-terminal of the NP peptide, or on any other available site along the peptidic chain.
  • a lysine residue may be added or substituted at the site of the peptidic chain where the reactive entity is attached.
  • the NP peptide for derivatization according to the present invention is defined by the following formula, where it should be understood that a peptidic bond links Argis and He 1 and the line between Cys ⁇ and Cys 27 represents a direct disulfide bridge:
  • Xi is Thr or absent
  • X 2 is Ser, Thr, Ala or absent
  • X 3 is Pro, Hpr, Val, or absent
  • X is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
  • X 7 is Gin, Asn, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
  • X 8 is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent;
  • X 9 is Ser, Thr or absent; 5 Xio is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Ser, Thr or absent;
  • X 12 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl- ⁇ -aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme;
  • o X 1 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • X 14 is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, Asp, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • Xi 5 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or Asp;
  • Xi 6 is Met, Leu, He or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid;
  • X 2 o is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • 5 X 2 ⁇ is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Val, Leu, or He;
  • X 22 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Gin or Asn;
  • X 2 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • X 26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • X 28 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin, His or absent;
  • o X 29 is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle, Ser, Thr or absent;
  • X 30 is Leu, Nle, lie, Val, Met, Ala, D-Ala, Phe, Tyr or absent;
  • X 31 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
  • X 32 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Tyr, Phe, Trp, Thr, Ser or absent;
  • X 33 is His, Asn, Gin, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent;
  • 5 Ri is NH 2 or a N-terrninal blocking group;
  • R 2 is COOH, CONH 2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
  • Preferred blood components comprise proteins such as immunoglobulins, including
  • IgG and IgM serum albumin, ferritin, steroid binding proteins, transferrin, thyroxin binding protein, ⁇ -2-macroglobubn, haptoglobin etc.; serum albumin and IgG being more preferred; and serum albumin being the most preferred.
  • Reactive entities are capable of forming a covalent bond with the blood component by reacting with amino groups, hydroxy groups, phenol groups or thiol groups present thereon, either in vivo or in vitro.
  • the expressions "in vitro” and “ex vivo” are used in alternance in the specification and means the same in the context of the present invention since what takes place outside the body is performed in vitro, hi a preferred embodiment, the functionality on the protein will be a thiol group and the reactive entity will be a Michael acceptor, such as acrolein derivatives, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated ketones, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated esters, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated amides, ⁇ , ⁇ - unsaturated thioesters, acrylamide, acrylic ester, vinyl benzoate, cinnamate, maleimide or maleimido-containing group such as ⁇ -maleimide-butyrylamide (GMBA) or maleimidopropionic acid (MPA), and
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising the NP derivative in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Such composition is useful for the treatment of congestive heart failure such as acute decompensated congestive heart failure of NYHA Class ⁇ , HI and IV and chronic congestive heart failure of NYHA Class HI and IV.
  • the composition may also be used for the treatment of one of the following disorders or conditions: renal disorder, hypertension, asthma, hypercholesterolemia, inflammatory-related diseases, erectile dysfunction and for protection for toxicity of anti-cancer drugs.
  • the present NP derivative may also be used for diagnostic or radiodiagnostic purposes.
  • a conjugate comprising the present NP derivative covalently bonded to a blood component.
  • a method for the treatment of congestive heart failure such as acute decompensated congestive heart failure of NYHA Class H, IH and IV and chronic congestive heart failure of NYHA Class HT and IV.
  • the method comprises administering to a subject, preferably a mammal, animal or human, an effective amount of the NP derivative or the conjugate thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a method for the treatment of renal disorder a method for the treatment of hypertension and a method for the treatment of asthma. These methods comprise administering to a subject, preferably a mammal, animal or human, an effective amount of the NP derivative or the conjugate thereof, alone or in
  • a method for extending the in vivo half-life of a NP peptide in a subject comprising coupling to the NP peptide a reactive group which is capable of fonning a covalent bond with a blood o component, and covalently bonding the NP derivative to a blood component.
  • the covalent bonding may take place in vivo or in vitro.
  • the NP peptide or fragment thereof possesses natriuretic, diuretic, vasorelaxant and/or renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system modulating 5 activity. Details of the sequences of these peptides and fragments are illustrated below.
  • the reactive entity is coupled to the NP peptide via a linking group, hi this case, the linking group is preferably defined as, without limitation, a straight or branched Ci-io alkyl; a straight or branched Ci-io alkyl partly or o perfluorinated; a Ci-io alkyl or fluoroalkyl wherein one or more carbon atom is replaced with O,
  • the linking group can be stable or releasable so as to free the NP peptide if desired. 5
  • Figure 1 shows the superposition of the LC/MS profiles of aNP peptide before and after cyclisation performed with the iodine method.
  • Figure 2 shows the binding activity of commercial human ANP (hANP), o synthesized human ANP (native ANP) and four NP conjugates to guinea pig adrenal gland membranes by displacement of 125 I-rANP.
  • Figure 3 shows the binding activity of synthesized human BNP (native BNP) and four NP conjugates to guinea pig adrenal gland membranes by displacement of I25 I-rANP.
  • Figure 4 and 5 show the increase of cGMP production in human HELA cells being 5 incubated with in-house synthetized human ANP (native ANP), five NP conjugates and two NP peptides.
  • Figure 6 shows the increase of cGMP production in human HELA cells being incubated with in-house synthetized human BNP (native BNP) and four NP conjugates.
  • Figure 7 shows in vitro degradation in human plasma of hANP versus two corresponding NP conjugates.
  • Figure 8 illustrates the site of cleavage of NEP enzyme along the hANP sequence.
  • Figure 9 shows in vitro degradation by NEP enzyme of hANP versus a corresponding 5 NP conjugate, and capped human semm albumin as reference.
  • Figure 10 shows the pharmacokinetic in rats of hANP (of commercial source and being synthetized in-house) versus two corresponding NP conjugates.
  • Table 1 shows the three-letter code and one-letter code of amino acids.
  • Table 2 shows the retention times of NP peptides and NP derivatives according to the present invention.
  • Tables 3, 4 and 5 show three different gradients of elution of HPLC used for the analysis of NP peptide andNP derivatives of the present invention.
  • Tables 6 and 7 compare the predicted and measured molecular weight of NP peptides, NP derivatives and NP conjugates.
  • Table 8 shows the concentrations of 50% inhibition (EC50) and the inhibition constants (KT) calculated from the data used to draft Figure 2 i.e. binding activity of commercial human ANP (hANP), synthesized human ANP (native ANP) and four NP o conjugates to guinea pig adrenal gland membranes by displacement of I-rANP.
  • Table 9 shows the concentrations of 50% inhibition (EC50) and the inhibition constants (KT) calculated from the data used to draft Figure 3 i.e. binding activity of synthetized human BNP (native BNP) and four NP conjugates to guinea pig adrenal gland membranes by displacement of 125 I-rANP.
  • Table 10 lists the concentration of 50% inhibition (EC50) calculated from the data used to draft Figures 4, 5 and 6 i.e. the increase of cGMP production in human HELA cells being incubated with in-house synthetized human ANP (native ANP); in-house synthetized human BNP (native BNP); nine NP conjugates; and two NP peptides.
  • Tables 11 and 12 show the gradients of elution of HPLC respectively used for the o analysis of NP peptides and NP derivatives of the present invention.
  • Tables 13 and 14 show the in vivo effect of the injection of an NP derivative in SHR rats and Winstar-Kyoto rats respectively, on the increase of urine secretion and the increase of cGMP expression.
  • In vivo bioconjugation is the process of covalently bonding a molecule, such as the NP derivative according to the present invention, within the body, to the targeted blood component, preferably a blood protein, in a manner that permits the substantial retention, or increase in some instances, of the biological activity of the original unmodified NP peptide in the conjugate form, while providing an extended duration of the biological activity though giving the NP peptide the biophysical parameters of the targeted blood component.
  • a molecule such as the NP derivative according to the present invention
  • the present NP derivative comprise a NP peptide that has 5 been chemically modified by coupling thereto a reactive entity, either directly or via a linking group which is a stable or releasable linking group.
  • the reactive entity is capable of forming a covalent bond with a blood component, preferably a blood protein.
  • the reactive entity must be stable in an aqueous environment.
  • the covalent bond is generally formed between the reactive entity and an amino group, a hydroxyl group, or a thiol group on the blood component.
  • the 0 amino group preferably forms a covalent bond with reactive entities like carboxy, phosphoryl or acyl; the hydroxyl group preferably forms a covalent bond with reactive entities like activated esters; and the thiol group preferably forms a covalent bond with reactive entities like esters or mixed anhydrides.
  • the preferred blood components are mobile blood components like serum albumin, immunoglobulins, or combinations thereof, and the preferred reactive entity comprises 5 anhydrides like maleimide or maleimido-containing groups, hi a most preferred embodiment, the blood component is serum albumin and the reactive group is a maleimide-containing group.
  • Protective groups maybe required during the synthesis process (which is described in detail below) to avoid interreaction between the reactive entity and the functional groups of the o NP peptide itself.
  • These protective groups are conventional in the field of peptide synthesis, and can be generically described as chemical moieties capable of protecting the peptide derivative from reacting with other functional groups.
  • Various protective groups are available commercially, and examples thereof can be found in US 5,493,007 which is hereby incorporated by reference. Typical examples of suitable protective groups include acetyl, 5 fluorenylniethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC), t-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), etc.
  • conjugation to a blood component defmively plays a major role in preventing the NP peptide from degradation by endogenous enzymes such as NEP and 0 preventing binding to the NPR-C receptor which the most important factor for the elimination of the natriuretic peptide from blood circulation.
  • Conjugation to a blood component also overcomes renal excretion of the NP peptide as long as the blood component itself is being degraded. Therefore, the intrinsec half-life of the blood component selected for conjugation is the major determinant for the half-life of the conjugated NP peptide. 5
  • the blood components are preferably mobile, which means that they do not have a fixed situs for any extended period of time, generally not exceeding 5 minutes, and more usually one minute. These blood components are not membrane-associated and are present in the blood for extended periods.
  • Prefened mobile blood components include serum albumin, transferrin, ferritin, heptoglobin types 1-1, 2-1, 2-2 and immunoglobulins such as IgM, IgA and IgG.
  • the present invention is directed to the modification of NP peptides
  • NP peptide is a peptide having at least one of the l o physiologic activities of a native ANP or BNP, and particularly of human ANP and BNP. More particularly, NP peptide has natriuretic, diuretic, vasorelaxant and/or renin-angiotensin- aldosterone system modulating activity.
  • Table 1 provides the three-letter code and one-letter code for natural amino acids
  • the design of the NP peptide for derivatization according to the present invention is 20 based on the sequence of native human ANP and BNP. Their sequences share very high similarities. Substitution by analogous amino acids are proposed for residues that seem less involved in the pharmaceutical activity according to our structural activity analysis. Therefore, the NP peptide according to the present invention corresponds to the sequence of the following formula, where it should be understood that a peptidic bond links Argis and He ⁇ 9 and the line between Cysn and Cys 2 represents a direct disulfide bridge that forms a loop in the sequence:
  • X 2 is Ser, Thr, Ala or absent
  • X is Pro, Hpr, Val, or absent
  • X 4 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent;
  • X 5 is Met, Leu, He, an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid, Ser, Thr or absent;
  • X ⁇ is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
  • X 7 is Gin, Asn, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
  • X 8 is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent;
  • X 9 is Ser, Thr or absent
  • Xio is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Ser, Thr or absent;
  • X 12 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl- ⁇ -aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme;
  • X 13 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X 14 is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, Asp, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X1 5 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or Asp;
  • X ⁇ 6 is Met, Leu, He or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid
  • X 20 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X 2 ⁇ is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Val, Leu, or He;
  • X 22 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Gin or Asn;
  • X 24 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X 26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X 28 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin, His or absent;
  • X 29 is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle, Ser, Thr or absent;
  • X 3 o is Leu, Nle, He, Val, Met, Ala, D-Ala, Phe, Tyr or absent;
  • X 31 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
  • X 32 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Tyr, Phe, Trp, Thr, Ser or absent;
  • X 33 is His, Asn, Gin, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent;
  • Ri is NH 2 or a N-terminal blocking group
  • R 2 is COOH, CONH 2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
  • Xi is Thr or absent
  • X 2 is Ala or absent
  • X 3 is Pro or absent
  • X 4 is Arg or absent;
  • X 5 is Ser, Thr or absent;
  • X ⁇ is Leu, He, Nle, Met, Val, Ala, Phe or absent;
  • X 7 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent;
  • Xs is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent;
  • X 9 is Ser, Thr or absent;
  • Xio is Ser, Thr or absent;
  • X ⁇ 2 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl- ⁇ -aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme;
  • X ⁇ 3 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • X ⁇ is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • X 15 is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, or Asp;
  • Xi 6 is Met, Leu, ⁇ e or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid
  • X 2 o is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X 2 ⁇ is Ala, D-Ala, Val, Leu, or He;
  • X 22 is Gin or Asn;
  • X 2 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • X 26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • X 28 is Asn, Gin, His, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent;
  • X 9 is Ser, Thr or absent;
  • X 3 o is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala or absent;
  • X 3 ⁇ is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
  • X 32 is Tyr, Phe, Trp, Thr, Ser or absent;
  • X 33 is absent;
  • Ri is NH 2 or a N-terminal blocking group;
  • R 2 is COOH, CONH 2 or a C-terminal blocking group
  • Xi is Thr or absent
  • X 2 is Ala or absent
  • X 3 is Pro or absent
  • X 4 is Arg or absent;
  • X 5 is Ser or absent;
  • X ⁇ is Leu or absent
  • X 7 is Arg, Asp or absent
  • X 8 is Arg, Asp or absent
  • X 12 is Phe or Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl- ⁇ -aminopropionic acid;
  • X 15 is Arg or Asp
  • X 20 is Gly
  • X 2 ⁇ is Ala; X 22 is Gin;
  • X 24 is Gly
  • X 26 is Gly
  • X 28 is Asn or absent
  • X 29 is Ser or absent;
  • X 3 o is Phe or absent;
  • X 3 ⁇ is Arg, Asp or absent
  • X 32 is Tyr or absent
  • X 33 is absent
  • Ri is NH 2 or a N-terminal blocking group
  • R 2 is COOH, CONH 2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
  • Native human ANP is among the NP peptides in accordance with first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Further preferred NP peptides i accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention are SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 8, SEQ ED NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 17 and SEQ ID NO: 19.
  • Preferred NP derivatives comprising NP peptides according to the first embodiment of the present invention, are SEQ LD NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 7, SEQ ID NO: 9, SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ TD NO:l 1, SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ DD NO: 16, SEQ ID NO: 18 and SEQ ID NO: 20.
  • SEQ LD NO: 2 SEQ ID NO: 3
  • SEQ ID NO: 4 SEQ ID NO: 5
  • SEQ ID NO: 6 SEQ ID NO: 7
  • SEQ ID NO: 9 amino acid sequence
  • Xi is absent
  • X 2 is Ser, Thr or absent; X is Pro, Hpr, Val or absent;
  • X 4 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent;
  • X 5 is Met, Leu, He, an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid or absent;
  • X ⁇ is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
  • X 7 is Gin, Asn or absent
  • X 8 is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala or absent
  • X 9 is Ser, Thr or absent
  • Xio is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala or absent;
  • X ⁇ 2 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl- ⁇ -aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme;
  • X ⁇ is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X ⁇ is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, or Asp
  • X 15 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn or Gin;
  • X 16 is Met, Leu, He or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid;
  • X 2 o is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • X 2 ⁇ is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
  • X 22 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X 2 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X 26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro
  • X 2 s is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent;
  • X 29 is Val, ⁇ e, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
  • X 3 o is Leu, Nle, He, Val, Met, Ala, D-Ala, Phe or absent;
  • X 3 ⁇ is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
  • X 32 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
  • X 33 is His, Asn, Gin, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent;
  • Ri is NH 2 or a N-terminal blocking group
  • R 2 is COOH, CONH 2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
  • Xi is absent;
  • X 2 is Ser or absent;
  • X is Pro or absent;
  • X 4 is Lys or absent;
  • X 5 is Met, He or absent
  • Xg is Val or absent
  • X 7 is Gin or absent; Xs is Gly or absent;
  • X 9 is Ser or absent
  • Xio is Gly or absent
  • X1 2 is Phe or Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl- ⁇ -aminopropionic acid;
  • X 14 is Arg or Asp
  • X 15 is Lys or Arg; X 2 o is Ser;
  • X 22 is Ser
  • X 24 is Gly
  • X 26 is Gly;
  • X 28 is Lys, Arg or absent;
  • X 29 is Val or absent
  • X 3 o is Leu or absent
  • X 31 is Arg, Asp or absent
  • X 32 is Arg, Asp or absent; X 33 is His or absent.
  • Native human BNP is among the NP peptides in accordance with second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Further preferred NP peptides in accordance with the second embodiment of the present invention are SEQ HD NO: 21, SEQ BD NO: 22, SEQ HD NO: 23, SEQ HD NO: 25, SEQ HD NO: 28, SEQ HD NO: 31 , SEQ HD NO: 34, SEQ DD NO: 37, SEQ HD NO: 39, SEQ HD NO: 42, SEQ HD NO: 45, SEQ ID NO: 48 and SEQ HD NO: 51.
  • Preferred NP derivatives comprising NP peptides according to the second embodiment of the present invention, are SEQ HD NO: 24, SEQ DD NO: 26, SEQ HD NO: 27, SEQ DD NO: 29, SEQ HD NO: 30, SEQ HD NO: 32, SEQ HD NO: 33, SEQ DD NO: 35, SEQ HD NO: 36, SEQ HD NO: 38, SEQ DD NO: 40, SEQ DD NO: 41, SEQ HD NO: 43, SEQ HD NO: 44, SEQ DD NO: 46, SEQ DD NO: 47, SEQ DD NO: 49, SEQ DD NO: 50, SEQ DD NO: 52, SEQ DD NO: 53, SEQ DD NO: 54, SEQ DD NO: 55, SEQ DD NO: 56 and SEQ DD NO: 57.
  • the amino acids of the sequences of the NP peptides given in the present application may be D-amino acids or L-amino acids or combinations thereof, unless otherwise specified. L- amino acids
  • the functionality on the protein will be a thiol group and the reactive entity will be a maleimide or maleimido-containing group such as ⁇ -maleimide-butyrylamide (GMBA) and maleimidopropionic acid (MPA).
  • the reactive entity can be linked to the NP peptide via a stable or releasable linking group.
  • the linking group corresponds is represented by formula V-W where V is a functional group reacting with the NP peptide and W is a chain moiety attached to the reactive entity.
  • V is an ether, a thioether, a secondary or tertiary amine, a secondary or tertiary amide, an ester, a thioester, an imine, an hydrazone, a semicarbazone, an acetal, an hemi-acetal, a ketal, an hemi-ketal, an aminal, an hemi-aminal, an sulfonate, a sulphate, a sulfonamide, a sulfonamidate, a phosphate, a phophoramide, a phosphonate or a phosphonamidate, and preferably a primary amide.
  • the linking group is preferably selected in the group consisting of hydroxyethyl motifs such as (2-amino) ethoxy acetic acid (AEA), ethylenediamine (EDA), 2-[2-(2- amino)ethoxy)] ethoxy acetic acid (AEEA); one or more alkyl chains (C1-C10) motifs such as glycine, 3-aminopropionic acid (APA), 8-aminooctanoic acid (AOA), 4-aminobenzoic acid (APhA).
  • hydroxyethyl motifs such as (2-amino) ethoxy acetic acid (AEA), ethylenediamine (EDA), 2-[2-(2- amino)ethoxy)] ethoxy acetic acid (AEEA); one or more alkyl chains (C1-C10) motifs such as glycine, 3-aminopropionic acid (APA), 8-aminooctanoic acid (AOA), 4-amino
  • linking groups are (2-amino) ethoxy acetic acid (AEA), ethylenediamine (EDA), and 2-[2-(2-amino)ethoxy)] ethoxy acetic acid (AEEA).
  • Examples of combinations of linking group and reactive entity include, without limitations, (AEEA-EDA)-MPA; (AEEA-AEEA)-MPA, (AEA-AEEA)-MPA and the like.
  • one or more additional amino acids may be added or substituted to the peptide at the site of coupling the reactive entity, via a linking group or not, prior to performing such coupling on the added or substituted amino acid, in order to facilitate the coupling procedure.
  • the addition or substitution of amino acid(s) may be made at the N- terminal, the C-terminal, or therebetween. It is preferred to substitute an amino acid of the sequence of the NP peptide with Lys, D-Lys, Orn, D-Orn or 2,4-diaminobutanoic acid (DABA) and couple the reactive group on it, optionally via a linking group. To do so, lysine is the most preferred.
  • Male nide groups are most selective for sulfhydryl groups on peptides when the pH of the reaction mixture is kept between 6.5 and 7.4. At pH 7.0, the rate of reaction of maleimido groups with sulfhydryls is 1000-fold faster than with amines. When a stable thioether linkage between the maleimido group and the sulfliydryl is formed, it cannot be cleaved under physiological conditions.
  • the NP derivatives of the invention can provide specific labeling of blood components.
  • the specific labeling particularly with a maleimide, offers several advantages. Free thiol groups are less abundant in vivo than amino groups, and as a result, maleimide derivatives covalently bond to fewer proteins. For example, in serum albumin, there is only one free thiol group per molecule. Thus, a NP peptide - maleimide - albumin conjugate will tend to comprise a 1:1 molar ratio of peptide : albumin, i addition to albumin, IgG molecules (class D) also have free thiols.
  • IgG molecules and serum albumin make up the majority of soluble proteins in the blood, i.e., about 80-85%, they also make up the majority of the free thiol groups available to covalently bond to a NP derivative having a maleimido-containing group.
  • Cys 34 of albumin is predominantly in the anionic form, which dramatically increases its reactivity, hi addition to the low pK value of Cys 34 , another factor which enhances the reactivity of Cys 34 is its location, which is in a hydrophobic pocket close to the surface of one loop of region V of albumin. This location makes Cys 34 accessible to ligands of all kinds, and is an important factor in Cys 34 's biological role as free radical trap and free thiol scavenger. As a result, the reaction rate acceleration can be as much as 1000-fold relative to rates of reaction of peptide-maleimides with other free-thiol containing proteins and with free thiols containing low molecular weight molecules.
  • peptide-maleimide-albumin conjugates Another advantage of peptide-maleimide-albumin conjugates is the reproducibility associated with the 1:1 loading of peptide to albumin specifically at Cys 34 .
  • Conventional activation techniques such as with glutaraldehyde, DCC, EDC and other chemical activators of, for example, free amines, lack this selectivity.
  • human albumm contains 59 lysine residues, 25-30 of which are located on the surface of albumin and accessible for conjugation. Activating these lysine residues, or alternatively modifying a peptide to couple through these lysine residues, results in a heterogeneous population of conjugates.
  • NP derivatives being capable of selectively covalently bonding with one functionality on a targeted blood component whith a degree of selectivity of 80% or more.
  • the degree of selectivity is 90% or more, and more preferably, 95% or more.
  • the desired conjugates of NP derivatives to blood components may be prepared in vivo by administration of the derivatives directly to the subject, which may be an animal or a human.
  • the administration may be done in the form of a bolus, or introduced slowly over time by infusion using metered flow or the like.
  • the conjugate may also be prepared ex vivo or in vitro by combining blood samples or purified blood components with the NP derivatives, allowing covalent bonding of the NP derivatives to the functionalities on blood components, and the resulting blood solution or the resulting purified blood component conjugates may be administered to the subject, animal or human.
  • the purified blood components can be of commercial source, prepared by recombinant techniques or purified from blood samples. The blood may be treated to prevent coagulation during handling ex vivo.
  • the invention is also directed to the therapeutic uses and other related uses of NP derivatives and fragments thereof having an extended half-life in vivo, and one or more of the following ANP-associated properties and BNP-associated properties:
  • NPR-A natriuretic peptide receptors
  • the NP derivatives or NP conjugates can be administered to patients that would benefit from inducing natriuresis, diuresis and vasodilatation.
  • the NP derivatives and conjugates of the present invention are particularly useful to treat cardiac failure such as congestive heart failure (CHF) and more particularly acute decompensated CHF of NYHA Class D, DI and IV and chronic CHF of NYHA Class ID and IV.
  • CHF congestive heart failure
  • NP derivatives or NP conjugates can be administered in a single dose in acute CHF or following a long term medication for chronic CHF.
  • NP derivatives or NP conjugates can be administered alone or in combination with one or more of the following types of compounds: ACE inhibitors, beta blockers, diuretics, spironolactone, digoxin, anticoagulation and antiplatelet agents, and angiotensin receptor blockers.
  • NP derivatives and NP conjugates of the present invention include renal disorders and diseases, asthma, hypertension and pulmonary hypertension. More particularly for the NP derivatives and conjugates based on formula D, the following diseases and conditions can also be treated: inflammatory-related diseases, erectile dysfunction and hypercholesterolemia; and also be used as protectant for toxicity of anti-cancer drugs.
  • Two or more NP derivatives or conjugates of the present invention may be used in combination to optimize their therapeutic effects. They can be administered in a physiologically acceptable medium, e.g. deionized water, phosphate buffered saline (PBS), saline, aqueous ethanol or other alcohol, plasma, proteinaceous solutions, mannitol, aqueous glucose, alcohol, vegetable oil, or the like.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • Other additives which may be included include buffers, where the media are generally buffered at a pH in the range of about 5 to 10, where the buffer will generally range in concentration from about 50 to 250 mM, salt, where the concentration of salt will generally range from about 5 to 500 mM, physiologically acceptable stabilizers, and the like.
  • the compositions may be lyophilized for convenient storage and transport.
  • the NP derivatives and conjugates of the present invention may be administered orally, pulmonary, parenterally, such as intiavascularly (TV), intraarterially (IA), intramuscularly (TM), subcutaneously (SC), or the like.
  • Administration by transfusion may be appropriate in some situations, hi some cases, administration may be oral, nasal, rectal, transdermal or by aerosol. It can be suitable to employ a single dose or multiple daily doses so as to build the desired systemic dosage, hi the case of chronic use, the inverval of administration are established in relation with subject's needs.
  • the NP derivative or conjugate may be administered by any convenient means, including syringe, trocar, catheter, or the like. The particular manner of administration will vary depending upon the amount to be administered, whether a single bolus or continuous administration, or the like.
  • the blood of the mammalian host may be monitored for the activity of NP peptides and/or presence of the NP derivatives or conjugates.
  • NP peptides and/or presence of the NP derivatives or conjugates By taking a blood sample from the host at different times, one may determine whether the NP peptide has become bonded to the long- lived blood components in sufficient amount to be therapeutically active and, thereafter, detennine the level of NP peptide in the blood. If desired, one may also determine to which of the blood components the NP peptide is covalently bonded. Monitoring may also take place by using assays of peptide activity, HPLC-MS, antibodies directed to peptides, or fluorescent- labeled or radiolabeled derivatives.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to methods for detennining the concentration of the NP peptide or its conjugate in biological samples (such as blood) using antibodies specific to the NP peptide and to the use of such antibodies as a treatment for toxicity potentially associated with such NP peptide or conjugate.
  • This is advantageous because the increased stability and life of the NP peptide in the patient might lead to novel problems during treatment, including increased possibility for toxicity.
  • the use of anti-NP antibodies, either monoclonal or polyclonal, having specificity for NP, can assist in mediating any such problem.
  • the antibody may be generated or derived from a host immunized with the particular NP derivative, or with an immunogenic fragment of the NP peptide, or a synthesized immunogen corresponding to an antigenic determinant of the NP peptide.
  • Preferred antibodies will have high specificity and affinity any of the NP peptide, the derivatized form thereof and the conjugated form thereof.
  • Such antibodies can also be labeled with enzymes, fluorochromes, or radiolabels.
  • Antibodies specific for a particular NP derivative may be produced by using purified ; NP peptides for the induction of derivatized NP-specific antibodies. By induction of antibodies, it is intended not only the stimulation of an immune response by injection into animals, but analogous steps in the production of synthetic antibodies or other specific binding molecules such as screening of recombinant immunoglobulin libraries. Both monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies can be produced by procedures well known in the art. 0
  • the antibodies may also be used to monitor the presence of the NP peptide in the blood stream.
  • Blood and/or serum samples may be analyzed by SDS-PAGE and western blotting. Such techniques allow determination of the level of conjugation of the NPderivative.
  • the anti-NP antibodies may also be used to treat toxicity induced by administration of the NP derivative, and may be used ex vivo or in vivo. Ex vivo methods would include immuno-dialysis treatment for toxicity employing anti-therapeutic agent antibodies fixed to solid supports. In vivo methods include administration of anti-NP antibodies in amounts effective to induce clearance of antibody-agent complexes. 0
  • the antibodies may be used to remove the NP derivatives and conjugates thereof, from a patient's blood ex vivo by contacting the .blood with the antibodies under sterile conditions.
  • the antibodies can be fixed or otherwise immobilized on a column matrix and the patient's blood can be removed from the patient and passed over the matrix.
  • the 5 NP derivatives will bind to the antibodies and the blood containing a low concentration of NP, then may be returned to the patient's circulatory system.
  • the amount of NP derivative removed can be controlled by adjusting the pressure and flow rate.
  • Preferential removal of the NP derivative from the serum component of a patient's blood can be effected, for example, by the use of a semipermeable membrane, or by otherwise first separating the serum component from o the cellular component by ways known in the art prior to passing the serum component over a matrix containing the anti-therapeutic antibodies.
  • the preferential removal of NP- conjugated blood cells, including red blood cells can be effected by collecting and concentrating the blood cells in the patient's blood and contacting those cells with fixed anti-NP antibodies to the exclusion of the serum component of the patient's blood. 5
  • the anti-NP antibodies can be administered in vivo, parenterally, to a patient that has received the NP derivative or conjugates for treatment.
  • the antibodies will bind the NP derivative and conjugates. Once bound, the NP activity will be hindered if not completely blocked thereby reducing the biologically effective concentration of NP derivatives in the patient's bloodstream and minimizing harmful side effects if any. hi addition, the bound antibody-NP complex will facilitate clearance of the NP derivative and conjugates from the patient's blood stream.
  • the reactive entity via a linking group or not), such as MPA, is activated as a succinate ester for example (one skilled in the art can use haloacyl or p-nitrophenyl or others) and reacted with an amino group of NP peptide or derivative thereof produced by Solid Phase Synthesis or by recombinants means (see Example 2).
  • the amino group is selected from the group consisting of the amino group of the C-terminal residue, the amino group of the N-terminal residue, or the amino group of the lateral chain of an amino acid such as Lys, D-Lys, Om, D-Orn and DABA.
  • Peptide derivative synthesis NP peptides may be synthesized by standard methods of solid phase peptide chemistry well known to any one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the peptide may be synthesized by solid phase chemistry techniques following the procedures described by Steward et al. in Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2nd Ed., Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, HI., (1984) using a Rainin PTI SymphonyTM synthesizer.
  • peptides fragments may be synthesized and subsequently combined or linked together to form a larger peptide (segment condensation). These synthetic peptide fragments can also be made with amino acid substitutions and/or deletion at specific locations.
  • the protected and/or derivatized amino acid is then either attached to an inert solid support or utilized in solution by adding the next amino acid in the sequence having the complimentary (amino or carboxyl) group suitably protected and under conditions suitable for forming the amide linkage.
  • the protecting group is then removed from this newly added amino acid residue and the next amino acid (suitably protected) is added, and so forth.
  • any remaining protecting groups are cleaved sequentially or concurrently to afford the final peptide.
  • this general procedure it is possible to add more than one amino acid at a time to a growing chain, for example, by coupling (under conditions which do not racemize chiral centers) a protected tripeptide with a properly protected dipeptide to form, after deprotection, a pentapeptide (segment condensation).
  • the particularly preferred method of preparing the present NP derivatives of the present invention is solid phase peptide synthesis where the amino acid ⁇ -N-tenninal is protected by an acid or base sensitive group.
  • Such protecting groups should have the properties of being stable to the conditions of peptide linkage formation while being readily removable without destruction of the growing peptide chain or racemization of any of the chiral centers contained therein. Examples of N-protecting groups and carboxy-protecting groups are disclosed in Greene, "Protective Groups In Organic Synthesis," (John Wiley & Sons, New York pp. 152-186 (1981)), which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • N-protecting groups comprise, without limitation, loweralkanoyl groups such as formyl, acetyl ("Ac"), propionyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl and the like; other acyl groups include 2-chloroacetyl, 2- bromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, phthalyl, o-nitrophenoxyacetyl, -chlorobutyryl, benzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 4-bromobenzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl and the like; sulfonyl groups such as benzenesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, o-mtrophenylsulfonyl, 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6- sulfonyl (pmc), and the like; carbamate forming groups such as t-amyl,
  • Preferred ⁇ -N-protecting group are o-nitrophenylsulfenyl; 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl; t-butyloxycarbonyl (boc), isobomyloxycarbonyl; 3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl; t- amyloxycarbonyl; 2-cyano-t-butyloxycarbonyl, and the like, 9-fluorenyl-methyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) being more preferred, while preferred side chain N-protecting groups comprise 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-sulfonyl (pmc), nitro, p-toluenesulfonyl, 4-methoxybenzene- sulfonyl, Cbz, Boc, and adamantyloxycarbonyl for side chain amino groups like lysine and arginine; benzyl, o-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2,6-dich
  • a carboxy-protecting group conventionally refers to a carboxylic acid protecting ester or amide group.
  • Such carboxy protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, having been extensively used in the protection of carboxyl groups in the penicillin and cephalosporin fields as described in US 3,840,556 and 3,719,667, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • carboxy protecting groups comprise, without limitation, C ⁇ -C 8 loweralkyl; arylalkyl such as phenethyl or benzyl and substituted derivatives thereof such as alkoxybenzyl or nitrobenzyl groups; arylalkenyl such as phenylethenyl; aryl and substituted derivatives thereof such as 5-indanyl; dialkylaminoalkyl such as dimethylaminoethyl; alkanoyloxyalkyl groups such as acetoxymethyl, butyryloxymethyl, valeryloxymethyl, isobutyryloxymethyl, isovaleryloxymethyl, 1- (propionyloxy)-l -ethyl, l-(pivaloyloxyl)-l -ethyl, 1 -methyl- l-(propionyloxy)-l -ethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, propionyloxymethyl; cycloalkanoyloxyalkyl groups such as cycl
  • amide carboxy protecting groups comprise, without limitation, aminocarbonyl and loweralkylaminocarbonyl groups.
  • loweralkyl, cycloalkyl or arylalkyl ester for example, methyl ester, ethyl ester, propyl ester, isopropyl ester, butyl ester, sec-butyl ester, isobutyl ester, amyl ester, isoamyl ester, octyl ester, cyclohexyl ester, phenylethyl ester and the like or an alkanoyloxyalkyl, cycloalkanoyloxyalkyl, aroyloxyalkyl or an arylalkylcarbonyloxyalkyl ester are preferred.
  • Preferred amide carboxy protecting groups are loweralkylaminocarbonyl groups.
  • the ⁇ -C-terminal amino acid is attached 5 to a suitable solid support or resin.
  • suitable solid supports useful for the above synthesis are those materials that are inert to the reagents and reaction conditions of the stepwise condensation-deprotection reactions, as well as being insoluble in the media used.
  • the preferred solid support for synthesis of ⁇ -C-terminal carboxy peptides is a Ramage Amide LinkerTM Resin (R. Ramage et al., THL, 34, p. 6599 (1993)).
  • the preferred solid support for ⁇ -C-terminal o amide peptides Fmoc-protected Ramage Amide LinkerTM Resin.
  • the Fmoc group is cleaved with a secondary amine, preferably piperidine, prior to coupling with the ⁇ -C-terminal amino acid as described above.
  • the preferred method 5 for coupling to the deprotected 4-(2',4'-dimethoxyphenyl-Fmoc-aminomethyl)phenoxy- acetamidoethyl resin is O-benzotriazol-l-yl-N j HN'jN'-tetramethyluroniumhexafluoro- phosphate (HBTU, 5 equiv.), diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 5 equiv.), and optionally 1- hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT, 5 equiv.), in DMF.
  • the coupling of successive protected amino acids can be carried out in an automatic polypeptide synthesizer in a conventional manner as is o well known in the art.
  • the removal of the Fmoc protecting group from the ⁇ -N-terminal side of the growing peptide is accomplished conventionally, for example, by treatment with a secondary amine, preferably piperidine. Each protected amino acid is then introduced in about 6-fold molar 5 excess, and the coupling is preferably carried out in DMF.
  • the coupling agent is normally O- benzotriazol-l-yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluroniumhexafluoro-phosphate (HBTU, 5 equiv.), diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 5 equiv.), and optionally 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT, 5 equiv.).
  • the peptide is removed from the resin and deprotected, either in successive operations or in a single operation. Removal of the polypeptide and deprotection can be accomplished conventionally in a single operation by treating the resin-bound polypeptide with a cleavage reagent comprising thioanisole, triisopropylsilane, phenol, and trifluoroacetic acid, hi cases wherein the ⁇ -C-terminal of the 5 polypeptide is an alkylamide, the resin is cleaved by aminolysis with an alkylamine. Alternatively, the peptide may be removed by transesterification, e.g. with methanol, followed by aminolysis or by direct transamidation.
  • a cleavage reagent comprising thioanisole, triisopropylsilane, phenol, and trifluoroacetic acid
  • the protected peptide may be purified at this point or taken to the next step directly.
  • the removal of the side chain protecting groups is accomplished using the cleavage mixture described above.
  • the fully deprotected peptide can be purified by a sequence of chromatographic steps employing any or all of the following types: ion exchange on a weakly basic resin (acetate form); hydrophobic adsorption chromatography on underivatized polystyrene-divinylbenzene (such as Amberlite XADTM); silica gel adsorption chromatography;
  • NP peptides and derivatives are cyclic.
  • the thiol groups of the peptide can be reduced by a tallium, iodine or by the sulphoxide method.
  • the iodine method is exemplified herein below in Example 1 and the sulphoxide method is exemplified herein below
  • the cyclisation is preferably made with the sulphoxide method.
  • a final purification is performed on the cyclised product.
  • the preferred method of purification is by HPLC.
  • the synthesis process for the production of the NP derivatives of the present 25 invention will vary widely, depending upon the nature of the various elements, i.e., the sequence of the NP peptide, the linking group and the reactive entity, comprised in the NP derivative.
  • the synthetic procedures are selected to ensure simplicity, high yields and repetitivity, as well as to allow for a highly purified product.
  • the chemically reactive entity will be coupled at the last stage of the synthesis, for example, with a carboxyl group, 3 o esterification to form an active ester. Specific methods for the production of the embodiment of NP derivatives of the present invention are described below.
  • the chemically reactive entity be placed at a site to allow the peptide to covalently bond to the blood component while retaining a substantial proportion, if 35 not all, activity and/or beneficial effects of the corresponding NP peptide.
  • the reactive group at a site along the peptidic sequence of the NP peptide selected so as to not interfere with the binding activity and the pharmacologic activity of the NP peptide.
  • hi vitro assays may be used to select the best site to attach the reactive group.
  • HBTU 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate
  • the Fmoc protective group was removed using 20% piperidine/DMF.
  • a Boc-protected amino acid was used at the N-terminus in order to generate the free N ⁇ -terminus after the peptide was cleaved from the resin. All amino acids used during the synthesis possessed the L-stereochemistry unless otherwise stated. Glass reaction vessels were SigmacotedTM and used during the synthesis.
  • the NP peptides and NP derivatives prepared in Examples 1 to 20 comprise NP peptides in accordance with the first preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • ones prepared in Examples 21 to 57 comprise NP peptides in accordance with the second preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • a peptidic bond links the last amino acid on the first line and the first amino acid on the second line for each sequence given in the examples.
  • the line between the two cysteines in each sequence illustrated in the present application represents a direct disulfide bridge that forms a loop in the sequence.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale.
  • Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH Tliey were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uromum hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
  • DMF diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 2 The peptide was cleaved from the resin using 85% TFA 5% TIS/5% thioanisole and 5% phenol, followed by precipitation by dry-ice cold (0-4°C) Et 2 0. The crude peptide was collected on a polypropylene sintered funnel, dried, redissolved in a 20% mixture of acetonitrile in water (0.1% TFA) and lyophilized to generate the corresponding crude material used in the purification process. 5 Step 3: The resulting peptide fully deprotected and was purified according to the standard purification procedure detailed herein below. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyophilised.
  • Step 4 The lyophilate of step 3 was placed in 2.5 mL AcOH/H 2 0 (1 : 1). Then iodine (I 2 ) (6 eq.) was added and followed by mass spectrometry (LC/MS) to monitor the reaction. The solution 0 was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After the elapsed time, a solution of vitamine C
  • Step 5 The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification procedure (detailed herein below).
  • Step 1 Native Atrial Natriuretic peptide (provided by Phoenix Pharmaceuticals Inc., Belmont, CA, USA, catalog number 005-06) was placed in DMF. To the solution was added MPA- o AEEA-COO(Su) and N-Methyl Morpholine. The solution was stirred for 6 hours and then the solution was diluted (1:1) with water and it was purified according to the standard methodology.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale.
  • N,N- dimethylformamide DMF
  • HBTU O-benzotriazol-1-yl- N, N, N, N'-tetiamethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate
  • DIEA diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 2 The peptide was cleaved from the resin using 85% TFA 5% TIS/5% thioanisole and 5% phenol, followed by precipitation by dry-ice cold (0-4°C) Et 2 0.
  • the crude peptide was collected on a polypropylene sintered funnel, dried, redissolved in a 20% mixture of acetonitrile in water (0.1%) TFA) and lyophilized to generate the corresponding crude material used in the purification process.
  • Step 3 The resulting peptide fully deprotected, except for the Acm groups which remained attached to the thiol portion of the cysteine, and was purified according to the standard purification procedure detailed herein below. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyophilised.
  • Step 4 The lyophilate of step 3 was placed in neat TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) (lmg/mL). Then anisole (100 eq.) was added followed by methyltrichlorosilane (lOeq.) and finally by diphenylsulphoxide (100 eq.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After the elapsed time, the solution was placed in a separatory funnel with 2N Acetic acid (ImL/mg of peptide) and cold ether (5mL/mL of TFA). After multiple extractions, the desired cyclised peptides, present in the aqueous solution, were collected, combined together and lyophilised.
  • Step 5 The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification procedure (detailed herein below).
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)- H, Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, F oc- Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmo
  • N,N- dimethylformamide DMF
  • HBTU O-benzotriazol-1-yl- N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate
  • DIEA diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 2 The selective deprotection of the Lys (Aloe) group was performed manually and accomplished by treating the resin with a solution of 3 eq of Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 dissolved in 5 mL of C 6 H 6 :CHC1 3 (1:1) : 2.5% NMM (v:v): 5% AcOH (v:v) for 2 h. The resin is then washed with CHC1 3 (6 x 5 mL), 20% AcOH in DCM (6 x 5 mL), DCM (6 5 mL), and DMF (6 5 mL). Step 3: The synthesis was then re-automated for the addition of the Fmoc-AEEA-OH.
  • Step 5 The resulting peptide fully deprotected, except for the Acm groups which remained attached to the thiol portion of the cysteine, was purified according to the standard purification procedure. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyopliilised.
  • Step 6 The lyophilate of step 3 was placed in neat TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) (lmg/mL). Then anisole (100 eq.) was added followed by methyltrichlorosilane (lOeq.) and finally by diphenylsulphoxide (lOOeq.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After the elapsed time, the solution was placed in a separatory funnel with 2N Acetic acid (ImL/mg of peptide) and cold ether (5mL/mL of TFA). After multiple extractions the aqueous solution were collected, combined toghether and lyophilised.
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • Step 7 The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification methodology.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc- Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmo
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale.
  • Step 1 Same as Step 1 in example 2 using urodilatin as starting material.
  • Urodilatin is provided by Bachem, Torance, CA, USA, catalog number H-3046.1000. 5
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- 5 OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala- OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-
  • Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Frnoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala- OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-As
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, F
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH,
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-
  • Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Met
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Met
  • N,N-dimethylformamide N,N-dimethylformamide
  • HBTU O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate
  • DIEA diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- o OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- 0 Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, F
  • Step 2 The peptide was cleaved from the resin using 85% TFA/5% TIS/5% thioanisole and 5% o phenol, followed by precipitation by dry-ice cold (0-4°C) Et 2 0. The crude peptide was collected on a polypropylene sintered funnel, dried, redissolved in a 40% mixture of acetonitrile in water (0.1% TFA) and lyophilized to generate the corresponding crude material used in the purification process.
  • DMF diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 3 The resulting peptide fully deprotected, except for the Acm groups which remained 5 attached to the thiol portion of the cysteine, and was purified according to the standard purification procedure detailed herein below. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyophilised.
  • Step 4 Hie lyophilate of step 3 was placed in neat TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) (lmg/mL). Then anisole (100 eq.) was added followed by methyltrichlorosilane (lOeq.) and finally by 0 diphenylsulphoxide (100 eq.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After the elapsed time, the solution was placed in a separatory funnel with 2N Acetic acid (ImL/mg of peptide) and cold ether (5mL/mL of TFA). After multiple extractions the aqueous solution were collected, combined together and lyophilised.
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • Step 5 The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification procedure (detailed 5 herein below).
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- 5 OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fm
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following o protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, F oc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, F
  • OH, MPA-OH were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetiamethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- o dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
  • Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a lOO ⁇ mole scale.
  • the following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH
  • N,N-dimethylformamide N,N-dimethylformamide
  • HBTU O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate
  • DIEA diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 2 The selective deprotection of the Lys (Aloe) group was performed manually and accomplished by treating the resin with a solution of 3 eq of Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 dissolved in 5 mL of C 6 H 6 :CHC1 3 (1:1) : 2.5% NMM (v:v): 5% AcOH (v:v) for 2 h. The resin is then washed with CHC1 3 (6 5 mL), 20% AcOH in DCM (6 x 5 mL), DCM (6 x 5 mL), and DMF (6 x 5 mL). Step 3: The synthesis was then re-automated for the addition of the Fmoc-AEEA-OH.
  • Step 4 The peptide was cleaved from the resin using 85% TFA/5% TIS/5%> thioanisole and 5% phenol, followed by precipitation by dry-ice cold (0-4°C) Et 2 0.
  • the crude peptide was collected on a polypropylene sintered funnel, dried, redissolved in a 40%) mixture of acetonitrile in water (0.1% TFA) and lyophilized to generate the corresponding crude material used in the purification process.
  • Step 5 The resulting peptide fully deprotected, except for the Acm groups which remained attached to the thiol portion of the cysteine, was purified according to the standard purification procedure. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyophilised.
  • Step 6 The lyophilate of step 3 was placed in neat TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) (lmg/mL). Then anisole (100 eq.) was added followed by methyltrichlorosilane (lOeq.) and finally by diphenylsulphoxide (100eq.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After the elapsed time, the solution was placed in a separatory funnel with 2 ⁇ Acetic acid (ImL/mg of peptide) and cold ether (5mL/mL of TFA). After multiple extractions the aqueous solution were collected, combined toghether and lyophilised. Step 7: The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification methodology.
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- 5 OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fm
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following o protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, F
  • OH, MPA-OH were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- o dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
  • Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, F
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmo
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fm
  • DMF diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmo
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fnioc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, F
  • N,N-dimethylformamide N,N-dimethylformamide
  • DIEA diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 2-7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmo
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fm
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale.
  • Step 2-7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmo
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, F
  • Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2 to 7: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OHa, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH,.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-C
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale.
  • the following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cy
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)- OH.
  • N,N-dimethylformamide DMF
  • O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate
  • HBTU HBTU
  • DIEA diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-C
  • N,N-dimethylformamide N,N-dimethylformamide
  • HBTU O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate
  • DIEA diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-As ⁇ (tBu)-OH, Fm
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmo
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fm
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, * Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, F oc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmo
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- i o Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, F
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following
  • N,N- dimethylformamide DMF
  • HBTU O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH,
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH,
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, F
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmo
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fm
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
  • HBTU O-benzotriazol-1 -yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate
  • DIEA diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 1 Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 ⁇ mole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- l o Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)
  • Table 6 shows the predicted molecular weight (Predicted) and measured molecular weight (Measured) of compounds that are NP peptides and derivatives according to the present invention. All the molecular weights are expressed in g/mol. Molecular weight has been measured by Quadrupole Electro Spray mass spectroscopy. The predicted molecular weight has been established by addition of the theoretical mass of each atom. The differences between the predicted molecular weight and the measured molecular weight are negligible and indicate that the compounds synthesized are the desired compounds.
  • Cyclisation is obtained by reduction of the thiol group of both cysteine residues of the 5 peptide so as to form an intiamolecular disulphide bridge and details of the process are in the specification and are exemplified in Step 4 of Example 1 and in Step 4 of Example 3.
  • an Ellman test was performed on the final cyclised material as taught in G.L. Ellman, Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 82 (70) 1959 and G.L. Ellman, Biochem. Pharmacol., 7 (68) 1961.
  • the Ellman test allows determination of thiol o groups that would not form disulphide bridges. The absence of free thiol groups indicates that the cyclisation was successful.
  • FIG. 1 shows in supe ⁇ osition the LC/MS spectrums of the intermediates of synthesis of the compound of Example 1 before cyclisation illustrated in dotted line ( — ) and the corresponding final products after cyclisation illustrated in continuous line ( — ), wherein the cyclisation was performed with iodine as exemplified in Step 4 of Example 1.
  • the intermediates have a molecular ion fragment of 771.2 (M+4) that corresponds to a mass of o 3080.8 and the final products have a molecular ion fragment of 770.5 (M+4) that corresponds to a mass of 3078.0.
  • M+4 molecular ion fragment of 771.2
  • M+4 molecular ion fragment of 770.5
  • the reduction of the mass of 2.8 results from the loss of two hydrogens during the formation of the disulphide bridge.
  • the sha ⁇ ness of the peaks of the linear intermediates and the cyclic final products indicate that all the intermediates were cyclised.
  • the derivative is conjugated to a blood component.
  • the blood component is human serum albumin (HSA).
  • HSA is provided by Cortex-BiochemTM, San Leandro, CA, USA.
  • Example 58 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 3:HSA conjugates.
  • HSA 25% g/lOOml
  • the HSA solution is vortexed.
  • 50 ⁇ L of the compound of Example 3 at a concentration of lOmM in nanopure water, is added.
  • the resulting solution is incubated at 37°C for 4 hours, and stored at 20°C.
  • Example 59 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 4:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
  • Example 60 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 5:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
  • Example 61 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 6:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
  • Example 62 Preparation of 1 M of the compound of Example 7:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
  • Example 63 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 14:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
  • Example 64 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 18:HSA conjugates.
  • Example 65 Prepare 1 mM of the compound of Example 54:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
  • Example 66 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 55:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
  • Example 67 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 56:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
  • Example 68 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 57:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
  • LC/MS liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry
  • Example 58 Conjugates of compound of Example 3 with HSA 2.2%
  • Example 59 Conjugates of compound of Example 4 with HSA: 4.4%
  • Example 60 Conjugates of compound of Example 5 with HSA 3.6%
  • Example 61 Conjugates of compound of Example 6 with HSA: ⁇ 1%
  • Example 62 Conjugates of compound of Example 7 with HSA ⁇ 1%
  • Example 63 Conjugates of compound of Example 14 with HSA: 1.2%
  • Example 64 Conjugates of compound of Example 18 with HSA: 1.3%
  • Example 65 Conjugates of compound of Example 54 with HSA 1.4%
  • Example 66 Conjugates of compound of Example 55 with HSA: 2.4%
  • Example 67 Conjugates of compound of Example 56 with HSA 0.8%
  • Example 68 Conjugates of compound of Example 57 with HSA: 2.1%
  • Table 7 shows the predicted molecular weight (Predicted) and measured molecular weight (Measured) of conjugates of NP derivatives according to the present invention. All the molecular weights are expressed in g/mol. Molecular weight has been measured by Quadrupole Electro Spray mass spectroscopy. The predicted molecular weight has been established by addition of the theoretical mass of each atom. The differences between the predicted molecular weight and the measured molecular weight are negligible and indicate that the compounds synthesized are the desired compounds.
  • NP derivatives The potency of NP derivatives is evaluated as their ability to bind NPR receptors in guinea pig adrenal glands and to elevate cGMP levels in a rat primary lung fibroblasts assay.
  • cell lines can be used to perform these in vitro assays such as aortic smooth muscle cells, glomeruli mesangial cells and adrenal cells.
  • Human, rat, and ginea pig cell lines or other 5 species cell lines can be used with a preference for human cell lines.
  • Membranes for binding studies are prepared as follow.
  • Adrenal glands were collected from anesthetized normal Duncan Hartley Guinea Pig and homogenized using a o polytron in 50 mM Tris-HCl buffer containing 150 mM NaCl, 5mM MgCl 2 , 5mM MnCl 2 ; pH 7.4 at 25°C.
  • the homogenate was centrifuged for 10 minutes at 39,000 x g (4°C). The pellet was resuspended and washed.
  • the membranes were resuspended in the same buffer supplemented with 1 mM Na 2 EDTA+0.2% BSA. Protein concentration is measured using the BCA protein assay kit (Pierce).
  • the binding assay is done by incubation of membranes with 5 0.016 nM 125 I-rANF and increasing concentrations of either NP peptides or NP derivatives (10 "5 -10 “ ⁇ M) for 60 minutes at 4°C. All assays were done in duplicate. Separation of bound and free radioactive rANF was achieved by rapid filtration through polyethylenimine-treated Whatman GF/C filters soaked in assay buffer. Filters were washed, dried and counted for radioactivity in a gamma-counter. 0 Binding assays results of the NP derivatives comprising NP peptides of formula I are presented on Figure 2 and the binding assays results of the NP derivatives comprising NP peptides based on formula D are presented on Figure 3.
  • “Native ANP” is the peptide having the human ANP sequence that has been synthesized in our laboratories (see Example 1) and "hANP” is the commercial peptide provided by Phoenix Pharmaceuticals Inc., Belmont, CA, USA, and catalogue number 005- 06.
  • native ANP and commercial hANP both inhibited the binding of 125 I-ANF to the receptor in a concentration-dependent manner with apparent o inhibition constants (Ki values) of 3.4 x 10 "10 M and 6.0 x 10 "10 M, respectively.
  • Conjugates of NP derivatives of Examples 3 and 5 also inhibited the binding of 125 I-ANF to the receptor of adrenal glands in a concentration-dependent manner with apparent Ki values of 2.4 x 10 "9 M and 2.9 x 10 "9 M respectively.
  • Conjugates of NP derivatives of Examples 6 and 7 had a lower binding affinity and avidity for the NPR receptors.
  • the derivatives of Examples 6 and 7 are 5 modified in the loop in comparison with the derivatives of Examples 3 and 5, which are modified at the N-terminus and C-terminus respectively.
  • Table 8 shows the concentrations at 50% of inhibition (EC50) and the inhibition constants (KI) that were calculated with the data from which originates the graph in Figure 2. 0
  • “Native BNP” is the peptide having the human BNP sequence that has been synthesized in our laboratories (see Example 21). As it can be seen on Figure 3, native BNP inhibited the binding of I-ANF to the receptor in a concentration-dependent manner with an apparent inhibition constant (Ki value) of 4.8 x 10 "9 M. Conjugates of NP derivatives of Examples 54 and 55 also inhibited the binding of 125 I-ANF to the receptor of adrenal o glands in a concentiation-dependent manner with apparent Ki values of 1.5 x 10 "8 M and 5.5 x 10 " M respectively. Conjugates of NP derivatives of Examples 56 and 57 had a lower binding affinity and avidity for the NPR receptors. The derivatives of Examples 56 and 57 are modified in the loop in comparison with the derivatives of Examples 54 and 55, which are modified at the N-terminus and C-terminus respectively.
  • Table 9 shows the concentrations at 50% of inhibition (EC50) and the inhibition constants (KT) that were calculated with the data from which originates the graph in Figure 3.
  • a human cervix epithelial adenocarcinoma cell line was used for in vitro activity studies. Hela cells express high levels of natriuretic peptide receptors with guanylate cyclase activity.
  • the lyophilised enzymes contained in a vial of NEP enzyme are solubilized with 100 ⁇ L of 0.1 M Tris-HCl buffer pH 8.0. It was vortexed and sonnicated to ensure a complete dissolution of the enzymes.
  • One vial contains between 800 and 950 U of enzymes.
  • a solution of conjugates is prepared at 250 ⁇ M with 0.1 M Tris-HCl buffer pH 8.0.
  • the site of hydrolysis of NEP on the sequence of ANP is the Cys-Phe peptidic bond at the beginning of the loop, as illustrated in Figure 8.
  • the BNP sequence is also cleaved by NEP at the same site, i.e. at the Cys-Phe peptidic bond at the beginning of the loop.
  • radioimmunoassay For detection of the non-hydrolysed NP peptide, radioimmunoassay (RIA) is performed using a commercial polyclonal antibody raised against human native ANP (Product # RGG-8798, Peninsula Laboratories Inc. Division of Bachem, San Carlos, CA, USA).
  • radioimmunoassay 50 ⁇ L of either NP conjugate calibration standards, quality control samples, or diluted test samples in assay buffer (0.05M phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, 0.08% sodium azide, 0.025M EDTA, and 0.1% gelatin) is added to the appropriately labeled 12 x 75 mm borosilicate glass test tubes. 50 ⁇ L of assay buffer is added to the NSB (Non Specific Binding) and zero-standard (Reference) tubes. Then, 300 ⁇ L of assay buffer is added to each NSB tube and 200 ⁇ L of this same buffer is added to each of the other 12 x 75 mm borosilicate glass test tubes.
  • assay buffer 0.05M phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, 0.08% sodium azide, 0.025M EDTA, and 0.1% gelatin
  • HSA is albumin with a cysteine residue bonded to it.
  • Pharmacokinetic studies of the derivatives are carried out in male Sprague-Dawley rats by subcutaneous (250 nmol/kg) or intravenous (50 nmol/kg) injection. Serial blood 5 samples were taken at pre-dose and 5 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hrs, 4 hrs, 8 hrs, 24 hrs, 48 hrs, 72 hrs and 96 hrs post-agent administration. Blood samples were collected into tubes containing K2- EDTA and aprotinin, then centrifuged to obtain plasma and kept frozen until analysis by radioimmunoassay (RIA). A commercial polyclonal antibody raised against human native ANP (Product # RGG-8798, Peninsula Laboratories Inc.
  • the assay sensitivity is 300 to 10 000 pM.
  • Specific monoclonal antibodies need to be prepared and used for detecting each NP derivative that contains a NP peptide significatively different from the ANP and BNP.
  • synthetic antibodies are available for derivatives of ANP and BNP.
  • the commercially available antibodies may successflly be used in 5 the RIA.
  • the bioavailability of free NP peptides is compared with the bioavailability of conjugated NP peptides. It can be seen that the conjugated ANP (conjugates of NP peptide of Example 3) administrered by intravenous injection (A) or by subcutaneous o injection (•) are still bioavailable after 96 hrs whereas free ANP (NP peptide of Example 3) administered by intravenous injection (o) or by subcutaneous injection (O) are not present in the blood stream within 5 min.
  • the half-life of the conjugated ANP (conjugates of Example 58) 5 administrered by intravenous injection (A) or by subcutaneous injection (•) is 17,5 ⁇ 1,5 hours and 14,8 ⁇ 0,6 hours respectively.
  • the half-life of free ANP (NP peptide of Example 3) administered by subcutaneous injection (o) is 0,2 ⁇ 0,06 hour and the one for ANP administered by intravenous injection (D) could not be calculated since it was too short.
  • SHR rats are genetically hypertensive rats, which develop significantly elevated systolic blood pressure (BP) by 4 weeks of age. As a consequence of sustained elevated blood pressure throughout their lifetimes, these rats develop congestive heart failure by around 1 year of age. hi addition to high blood pressure, this model is also characterized by left ventricular hypertrophy and left ventricular fibrosis. SHR rats have been used previously in 5 studies of the in vivo effects of atrial natriuretic peptide. Single doses of ANP analogues produced a temporary drop in BP, while continuous infusions were required to sustain a decrease in systolic BP (De May et. al. J Pharm Exper Therap, 1987).
  • the pacing model in dogs involves the implantation of programmable cardiac o pacemakers. After a surgical recovery period, the heart rate is increased incrementally from
  • This model allows for the study of different stages of heart failure, evolving from the normal heart, to asymptomatic left ventricular dysfunction, to overt congestive heart failure (Luchner et. al. Eur J Heart Failure, 2000). Characteristics of this model include increases of heart rate, increased cardiac filling pressure, 5 low cardiac output, edema formation and activation of the sympathetic nervous system and other vasoconstrictor hormones (Arnolda et al, Austr. NZ J Med., 1999). The pacing model has been used previously in studies of the effects of both ANP and BNP on heart failure (Luchner et al, 2000; and Yamamoto et al, Am J Physiol, 1997).
  • Tables 13 and 14 show in vivo results in SHR rats of 7 week old and in Winstar- Kyoto rats of 7 week old respectively.
  • the increase of urine secretion and the increase of cGMP expression have been measured 24 and 48 hours after injection of compound of Example 3. Concentrations of 1, 2 and 4 mg of compounds per kg of rats have been tested in 5 comparison with saline solution. Contiol values have been taken before injection (pre-dose).
  • the urine secretion ( Vol.) is expressed in mL/day of urine exceeding the value at pre-dose.
  • the cGMP expression (cGMP) is reported in ⁇ mol/day and was measured by RIA method.

Abstract

This invention relates to long lasting natriuretic peptide (NP) derivatives. The NP derivative has a NP peptide and a reactive entity coupled to the NP peptide. The reactive entity is able to covalently bond with a functionality on a blood component. In particular, this invention relates to NP derivatives having an extended in vivo half-life, and method for the treatment of cardio-vascular diseases and disorders such as acute decompensated congestive heart failure (CHF) and chronic CHF.

Description

TIT E
Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives
FIELD OF THE INVENTION This invention relates to natriuretic peptide (NP) derivatives, h particular, this invention relates to NP derivatives having an extended in vivo half-life, for the treatment of cardio-vascular diseases and disorders such as acute decompensated congestive heart failure (CHF) and chronic CHF, renal disorders and other diseases and disorders.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The natriuretic peptide family includes four structurally related polypeptide hormones: Atrial Natriuretic Peptide (ANP), Brain Natriuretic Peptide (BNP), C-type Natriuretic Peptide (CNP) and, recently discovered, Dendroaspis Natriuretic Peptide (DNP), (Yandle, 1994; Wilhins et al. 1997; Stein and Levin, 1998).
ANP and BNP mediate natriuresis, diuresis, vasodilatation, antihypertension, renin inhibition, antimitogenesis, and lusitropic properties (increase in the heart's rate relaxation). CNP lacks natriuretic actions but possesses vasodilating and growth inhibiting activity (Chen and Burnett, 2000). Collectively, the natriuretic peptide family counterbalances the effects of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (Espiner 1994,Wilkins et al. 1997, Levin et al.
1998). ANP and BNP have been shown to be physiological antagonists of the effects of angiotensin II (Ang II) on vascular tone, aldosterone secretion, renal-tubule sodium reabsorption, and vascular cell growth (Harris et al. 1987, Itoh et al. 1990, Wilkins et al. 1997, Levin et al. 1998). In addition, secretion of vasopressin (Obana et al. 1985) and endothelin-1 (ET-1) (Saijonmaa et al. 1990) are decreased by ANP.
ANP and BNP do not cross the brain-blood barrier (BBB) but they do reach areas near the central nervous system (i.e. subfornical organ and hypothalamus). The actions of NPs in the brain reinforce those in the periphery. Natriuretic peptide receptors are present in areas adjacent to the third ventricle that are not separated from the blood by the BBB, a position that allows binding of circulating ANP as well as locally produced peptide (Langub et al., 1995 in Kelly R. and Struthers A.D., 2001).
Biological effects of natriuretic peptides are mediated through the binding and the activation of cell membrane receptors leading to cyclic GMP production in target cells. These include cGMP-dependent protein kinases (PKG), cGMP-gated ion channels and cGMP- regulated phosphodiesterases (Lincoln & Cornwell 1993, de Bold et al. 1996). Three subtypes of natriuretic peptide receptors have been described: NPR-A, NPR-
B and NPR-C. NPR-A and NPR-B are guanylyl cyclases through which the ligands induce the production of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP) (for review see Maack 1992,
Anand-Srivastava & Trachte 1993). NPR-A is thought to mediate many of the effects of ANP and BNP (Maack 1992, Davidson & Struthers 1994) while CNP acts via NPR-B receptors
(Koller et al. 1991, Chen & Burnett 1998). NPR-C is a clearance receptor for all three natriuretic peptides, which may signal through alternative pathways (Anand-Srivastava et al.
1990, Levin 1993).
ANP is a 28 amino acid peptide having a 17-anιino acid loop formed by an intramolecular disulphide linkage between two cysteine residues, an amino tail of 6 amino acids and a carboxy tail of 5 amino acids. The structure of ANP, the first member of the family to be identified, was first described in 1984 (Kangawa et al. 1984). The atria exhibit the highest levels of ANP gene expression - 1% of the total mRNA codes for ANP. ANP mRNA is also found in the ventricle at 1% of the atrial level. Non-cardiac sites that contain ANP include the brain, anterior lobe of the pituitary gland, the lung, and the kidney (Stein and Levin, 1998).
BNP is a 32 amino acid peptide having a 17-amino acid loop formed by an intramolecular disulphide linkage between two cysteine residues, an amino-terminal tail of 9 amino acids and a carboxy-terminal tail of 6 amino acids. BNP, the second member of the NP family, was first detected in 1988 in extracts of porcine brain as it names suggests (Sudoh et al., 1988). However, it was subsequently shown, similarly to ANP, to be expressed primarily in the ventricular myocardium (Minamino et al., 1988; Hosoda et al., 1991) as well as in the brain and amnion (Stein and Levin, 1998). Like ANP, BNP is released into the circulation when the heart is stretched (Kinnunen et al., 1993). Direct studies of BNP secretion from isolated perfused heart (Ogawa et al., Circ. Res. 1991), and from in-vivo and tissue studies in humans (Mukoyama et al., J. Clin. Invest. 1991), showed that 60-80% of cardiac BNP secretion arises from the ventricle.
ANP is shown to have several therapeutic applications such as for hypertension and pulmonary hypertension (Veale et al.), asthma, renal failure, cardiac failure and radiodiagnostic (Riboghene Inc., Press Release 1998).
BNP is shown to have several therapeutic applications such as for hypertension, asthma and inflammatory-related diseases (Ivax Corp., 2001), hypercholesterolemia (BioNumerik Pharmaceuticals Inc, 2000), emesis (BioNumerik Pharmaceuticals Inc, 1996), erectile dysfunction (Ivax Corp., 1998), renal failure (Abraham et al., 1995), cardiac failure and diagnostic of such (Marcus et al., 1995; Miller et al., 1994), solid tumor treatment (BioNumerik Pharmaceuticals ie, 1999) and protection of common and serious toxicity with placlitaxel in metastatic breast cancer (Hausheer et al., 1998, BioNumerik Pharmaceuticals Inc, 2001).
One the major problem to overcome for the administration of ANP and BNP is their rapid blood circulation clearance. Human ANP has an in vivo half-life of 1 to 5 min (Woods, 1988; Tonolo et al., 1988; Tang et al, 1984); and human BNP has an in vivo half-life of 12.7 min (Smith et al., 2000). Three independent mechanisms are responsible for the rapid clearance of ANP and BNP: 1) binding to NPR-C with subsequent internalization and lysosomal proteolysis; 2) proteolytic cleavage by endopeptidases such as DPP IV, NEP, APA, APP and ACE; and 3) renal secretion. It has been noted that urodilatin, a natriuretic peptide found to be an amino-terminal extended form of ANP, shows that the sole presence of the four additional residues at the N-terminal renders it much more resistant to enzymatic degradation (Kenny et al. 1993). Nevertheless, urodilatin has only an in vivo half-life of approximately 6 min (Carstens et al., 1998).
Several derivatives, analogs, truncations, elongations or constructs of ANP are proposed and/or patented for improving the efficiency and/or the half-life of the native form of ANP; and the related prior art references are listed herein below.
First, native human ANP is disclosed and claimed in US patent 5,354,900. Peptides with longer or shorter amino-tenninal or carboxy-terminal tails of the native ANP sequence are disclosed in US patent 4,607,023, US patent 4,952,561, US patent 4,496,544 and US patent 6,013,630. Fragments of the native ANP comprising the carboxy-terminal tail and a part of the loop are disclosed in US patent 4,673,732. Dimers of ANP are proposed in US patent 4,656,158 and JP application 62,283,996. Different ANP constructs are proposed in JP application 04,077,499, US patent 5,248,764 and application WO 02/10195.
ANP sequences with truncation of the amino-terminal tail, the carboxy-terminal tail or the loop, elongation of the tails, addition of alkyl group at one of the tails, amino acid substitutions in the tails or in the loop and/or substitution of the cysteine by another bridging group are proposed in US patent 4,935,492, US patent 4,757,048, US patent 4,618,600, US patent 4,764,504, US patent 5,212,286, US patent 5,258,368, US patent 5,665,704, US patent 5,846,932, EP application 0,271,041, EP application 0,341,603, application WO 90/14362, US patent 5,095,004, US patent 5,376,635, EP application 0,350,318, EP application 0,269,299, US patent 5,204,328, US patent 5,057,603, EP application 0,244,169, US patent 4,816,443, CA patent 1,267,086, EP application 0,303,243, US patent 4,861,755, US patent 5,340,920, JP application 05,286,997, US patent 4,670,540, and US patent 5,159,061. Linear peptides having a portion thereof that has some similarities with the loop section of ANP are disclosed in US patent 5,047,397, US patent 4,804,650 and US patent 5,449,662. Also, several number of derivatives, analogs, truncations, elongations and constructs of BNP are proposed and/or patented for improving the efficiency and/or the half-life of the native form of BNP; and the related prior art references are listed herein below.
5
Native human BNP, amino and carboxy truncations thereof, and amino elongated sequences thereof are disclosed and claimed is 5,674,710.
Several groups have proposed different modifications of the native human BNP o sequences for preventing it from enzymatic degradation or for increasing its activity. These modifications include one or more of the following modifications: truncation of the amino tail; truncation of the carboxy tail; elongation of the amino tail with the prepro sequence or a fragment thereof; addition of an alkyl group at the amino tail or the carboxy tail; and amino acid substitutions in the tails or in the loop; as disclosed in US patent 5,114,923, US patent 5 5,948,761, US patent 6,028,055, US patent 4,904,763, application JP 07,228,598 and application WO 98/45329.
All of the above ANP and BNP sequences have a rapid clearance. There is a need for a long lasting natriuretic peptide having an half-life superior than the native form of ANP and o BNP and the modified forms of the ANP and BNP sequences disclosed in the prior art.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION hi accordance with the present invention, there is now provided a NP derivative having an extended in vivo half-life when compared with the ones of native ANP or native 5 BNP. More specifically, the present NP derivative comprises a NP peptide having a reactive entity coupled thereto and capable of reacting with available functionalities on a blood component, either in vivo or ex vivo, to form a stable covalent bond and provide a NP peptide- blood component conjugate. Being conjugated to a blood component, the NP peptide is prevented from undesirable cleavage by endogenous enzymes such as NEP and most likely also o prevents binding to the NPR-C receptor which is responsible for a large amount of the blood clearance, thereby extending its in vivo half-life and activity. The covalent bonding fonned between the NP derivative and the blood component also substantially prevents renal excretion of the NP peptide until the blood component is degraded, thereby also contributing to extend its in vivo half-life to a period of time closer to the half-life of the blood component which can 5 represent an increase of 1 000 to 10 000 times. The reactive entity may be on the N-terminal or the C-terminal of the NP peptide, or on any other available site along the peptidic chain. Optionally, a lysine residue may be added or substituted at the site of the peptidic chain where the reactive entity is attached. The NP peptide for derivatization according to the present invention is defined by the following formula, where it should be understood that a peptidic bond links Argis and He1 and the line between Cysπ and Cys27 represents a direct disulfide bridge:
Figure imgf000006_0001
5 wherein
Xi is Thr or absent;
X2 is Ser, Thr, Ala or absent;
X3 is Pro, Hpr, Val, or absent;
X is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent; o X5 is Met, Leu, He, an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid, Ser, Thr or absent;
X is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
X7 is Gin, Asn, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
X8 is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent;
X9 is Ser, Thr or absent; 5 Xio is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Ser, Thr or absent;
X12 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme; o X1 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X14 is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, Asp, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; Xi5 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or Asp; Xi6 is Met, Leu, He or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid; X2o is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; 5 X2ι is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Val, Leu, or He;
X22 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Gin or Asn; X2 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X28 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin, His or absent; o X29 is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle, Ser, Thr or absent;
X30 is Leu, Nle, lie, Val, Met, Ala, D-Ala, Phe, Tyr or absent; X31 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent; X32 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Tyr, Phe, Trp, Thr, Ser or absent; X33 is His, Asn, Gin, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent; 5 Ri is NH2 or a N-terrninal blocking group;
R2 is COOH, CONH2 or a C-terminal blocking group. Preferred blood components comprise proteins such as immunoglobulins, including
IgG and IgM, serum albumin, ferritin, steroid binding proteins, transferrin, thyroxin binding protein, α-2-macroglobubn, haptoglobin etc.; serum albumin and IgG being more preferred; and serum albumin being the most preferred.
Reactive entities are capable of forming a covalent bond with the blood component by reacting with amino groups, hydroxy groups, phenol groups or thiol groups present thereon, either in vivo or in vitro. The expressions "in vitro" and "ex vivo" are used in alternance in the specification and means the same in the context of the present invention since what takes place outside the body is performed in vitro, hi a preferred embodiment, the functionality on the protein will be a thiol group and the reactive entity will be a Michael acceptor, such as acrolein derivatives, α,β-unsaturated ketones, α,β-unsaturated esters, α,β-unsaturated amides, α,β- unsaturated thioesters, acrylamide, acrylic ester, vinyl benzoate, cinnamate, maleimide or maleimido-containing group such as γ-maleimide-butyrylamide (GMBA) or maleimidopropionic acid (MPA), and the like. The reactive entity can also be iodo methyl benzoate, haloacetates, haloacetamides or the like. MPA is the most preferred reactive entity.
hi another aspect of the invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising the NP derivative in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such composition is useful for the treatment of congestive heart failure such as acute decompensated congestive heart failure of NYHA Class π, HI and IV and chronic congestive heart failure of NYHA Class HI and IV. The composition may also be used for the treatment of one of the following disorders or conditions: renal disorder, hypertension, asthma, hypercholesterolemia, inflammatory-related diseases, erectile dysfunction and for protection for toxicity of anti-cancer drugs. Finally, the present NP derivative may also be used for diagnostic or radiodiagnostic purposes.
a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a conjugate comprising the present NP derivative covalently bonded to a blood component. The covalent bond between the ! NNPP ddeerriivvaattiivvee aanndd tthhee bblloooodd ccoommppoonneenntt mmaayy bbee ppeerrffoorrmmeedd iinn vviivvoo oorr eexx vviivvoo.
In an embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method for the treatment of congestive heart failure such as acute decompensated congestive heart failure of NYHA Class H, IH and IV and chronic congestive heart failure of NYHA Class HT and IV. The method comprises administering to a subject, preferably a mammal, animal or human, an effective amount of the NP derivative or the conjugate thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In others embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method for the treatment of renal disorder, a method for the treatment of hypertension and a method for the treatment of asthma. These methods comprise administering to a subject, preferably a mammal, animal or human, an effective amount of the NP derivative or the conjugate thereof, alone or in
5 combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method for extending the in vivo half-life of a NP peptide in a subject, the method comprising coupling to the NP peptide a reactive group which is capable of fonning a covalent bond with a blood o component, and covalently bonding the NP derivative to a blood component. The covalent bonding may take place in vivo or in vitro.
According to the present invention, the NP peptide or fragment thereof possesses natriuretic, diuretic, vasorelaxant and/or renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system modulating 5 activity. Details of the sequences of these peptides and fragments are illustrated below.
hi another embodiment of the present invention, the reactive entity is coupled to the NP peptide via a linking group, hi this case, the linking group is preferably defined as, without limitation, a straight or branched Ci-io alkyl; a straight or branched Ci-io alkyl partly or o perfluorinated; a Ci-io alkyl or fluoroalkyl wherein one or more carbon atom is replaced with O,
N or S to form an ether or a thioether; o-, m- or p-disubstituted phenyl wherein the substituents are the same or different and are CH2, O, S, NH, NR wherein R is H, Ci-io alkyl or Ci-io acyl; or disubstituted heterocycles such as furan, thiophene, pyran, oxazole, or thiazole. The linking group can be stable or releasable so as to free the NP peptide if desired. 5
DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows the superposition of the LC/MS profiles of aNP peptide before and after cyclisation performed with the iodine method.
Figure 2 shows the binding activity of commercial human ANP (hANP), o synthesized human ANP (native ANP) and four NP conjugates to guinea pig adrenal gland membranes by displacement of 125I-rANP.
Figure 3 shows the binding activity of synthesized human BNP (native BNP) and four NP conjugates to guinea pig adrenal gland membranes by displacement of I25I-rANP.
Figure 4 and 5 show the increase of cGMP production in human HELA cells being 5 incubated with in-house synthetized human ANP (native ANP), five NP conjugates and two NP peptides.
Figure 6 shows the increase of cGMP production in human HELA cells being incubated with in-house synthetized human BNP (native BNP) and four NP conjugates. Figure 7 shows in vitro degradation in human plasma of hANP versus two corresponding NP conjugates.
Figure 8 illustrates the site of cleavage of NEP enzyme along the hANP sequence.
Figure 9 shows in vitro degradation by NEP enzyme of hANP versus a corresponding 5 NP conjugate, and capped human semm albumin as reference. Figure 10 shows the pharmacokinetic in rats of hANP (of commercial source and being synthetized in-house) versus two corresponding NP conjugates.
DESCRIPTION OF THE TABLES o Table 1 shows the three-letter code and one-letter code of amino acids.
Table 2 shows the retention times of NP peptides and NP derivatives according to the present invention.
Tables 3, 4 and 5 show three different gradients of elution of HPLC used for the analysis of NP peptide andNP derivatives of the present invention. 5 Tables 6 and 7 compare the predicted and measured molecular weight of NP peptides, NP derivatives and NP conjugates.
Table 8 shows the concentrations of 50% inhibition (EC50) and the inhibition constants (KT) calculated from the data used to draft Figure 2 i.e. binding activity of commercial human ANP (hANP), synthesized human ANP (native ANP) and four NP o conjugates to guinea pig adrenal gland membranes by displacement of I-rANP.
Table 9 shows the concentrations of 50% inhibition (EC50) and the inhibition constants (KT) calculated from the data used to draft Figure 3 i.e. binding activity of synthetized human BNP (native BNP) and four NP conjugates to guinea pig adrenal gland membranes by displacement of 125I-rANP. 5 Table 10 lists the concentration of 50% inhibition (EC50) calculated from the data used to draft Figures 4, 5 and 6 i.e. the increase of cGMP production in human HELA cells being incubated with in-house synthetized human ANP (native ANP); in-house synthetized human BNP (native BNP); nine NP conjugates; and two NP peptides.
Tables 11 and 12 show the gradients of elution of HPLC respectively used for the o analysis of NP peptides and NP derivatives of the present invention.
Tables 13 and 14 show the in vivo effect of the injection of an NP derivative in SHR rats and Winstar-Kyoto rats respectively, on the increase of urine secretion and the increase of cGMP expression.
5 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
In vivo bioconjugation is the process of covalently bonding a molecule, such as the NP derivative according to the present invention, within the body, to the targeted blood component, preferably a blood protein, in a manner that permits the substantial retention, or increase in some instances, of the biological activity of the original unmodified NP peptide in the conjugate form, while providing an extended duration of the biological activity though giving the NP peptide the biophysical parameters of the targeted blood component.
According to the invention, the present NP derivative comprise a NP peptide that has 5 been chemically modified by coupling thereto a reactive entity, either directly or via a linking group which is a stable or releasable linking group. The reactive entity is capable of forming a covalent bond with a blood component, preferably a blood protein. The reactive entity must be stable in an aqueous environment. The covalent bond is generally formed between the reactive entity and an amino group, a hydroxyl group, or a thiol group on the blood component. The 0 amino group preferably forms a covalent bond with reactive entities like carboxy, phosphoryl or acyl; the hydroxyl group preferably forms a covalent bond with reactive entities like activated esters; and the thiol group preferably forms a covalent bond with reactive entities like esters or mixed anhydrides. The preferred blood components are mobile blood components like serum albumin, immunoglobulins, or combinations thereof, and the preferred reactive entity comprises 5 anhydrides like maleimide or maleimido-containing groups, hi a most preferred embodiment, the blood component is serum albumin and the reactive group is a maleimide-containing group.
Protective groups maybe required during the synthesis process (which is described in detail below) to avoid interreaction between the reactive entity and the functional groups of the o NP peptide itself. These protective groups are conventional in the field of peptide synthesis, and can be generically described as chemical moieties capable of protecting the peptide derivative from reacting with other functional groups. Various protective groups are available commercially, and examples thereof can be found in US 5,493,007 which is hereby incorporated by reference. Typical examples of suitable protective groups include acetyl, 5 fluorenylniethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC), t-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), etc.
As above-mentioned, conjugation to a blood component defmively plays a major role in preventing the NP peptide from degradation by endogenous enzymes such as NEP and 0 preventing binding to the NPR-C receptor which the most important factor for the elimination of the natriuretic peptide from blood circulation. Conjugation to a blood component also overcomes renal excretion of the NP peptide as long as the blood component itself is being degraded. Therefore, the intrinsec half-life of the blood component selected for conjugation is the major determinant for the half-life of the conjugated NP peptide. 5
The blood components are preferably mobile, which means that they do not have a fixed situs for any extended period of time, generally not exceeding 5 minutes, and more usually one minute. These blood components are not membrane-associated and are present in the blood for extended periods. Prefened mobile blood components include serum albumin, transferrin, ferritin, heptoglobin types 1-1, 2-1, 2-2 and immunoglobulins such as IgM, IgA and IgG.
In greater details, the present invention is directed to the modification of NP peptides
5 and fragments thereof to improve their bioavailability, extend their in vivo half-life and distribution through selective conjugation to a blood component while substantially maintaining or improving their remarkable therapeutic properties.
According to the invention, NP peptide is a peptide having at least one of the l o physiologic activities of a native ANP or BNP, and particularly of human ANP and BNP. More particularly, NP peptide has natriuretic, diuretic, vasorelaxant and/or renin-angiotensin- aldosterone system modulating activity.
Table 1 provides the three-letter code and one-letter code for natural amino acids and
15 the three-letter code for non-natural amino acids.
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000011_0001
The design of the NP peptide for derivatization according to the present invention is 20 based on the sequence of native human ANP and BNP. Their sequences share very high similarities. Substitution by analogous amino acids are proposed for residues that seem less involved in the pharmaceutical activity according to our structural activity analysis. Therefore, the NP peptide according to the present invention corresponds to the sequence of the following formula, where it should be understood that a peptidic bond links Argis and Heι9 and the line between Cysn and Cys2 represents a direct disulfide bridge that forms a loop in the sequence:
R1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Cys11-X12-X13-X1 -X15-X16-Asp17-Arg18- Ile19-X20-X 1-X2 -Ser23-X 4-Leu25-X26-Cys27-X28- X29-X30-X31-X32-X33-R2
wherein Xt is Thr or absent;
X2 is Ser, Thr, Ala or absent;
X is Pro, Hpr, Val, or absent;
X4 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent;
X5 is Met, Leu, He, an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid, Ser, Thr or absent; Xό is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
X7 is Gin, Asn, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
X8 is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent;
X9 is Ser, Thr or absent;
Xio is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Ser, Thr or absent; X12 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme;
X13 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X14 is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, Asp, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X15 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or Asp;
6 is Met, Leu, He or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid;
X20 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X2ι is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Val, Leu, or He; X22 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Gin or Asn;
X24 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X28 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin, His or absent; X29 is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle, Ser, Thr or absent; X3o is Leu, Nle, He, Val, Met, Ala, D-Ala, Phe, Tyr or absent;
X31 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent; X32 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Tyr, Phe, Trp, Thr, Ser or absent; X33 is His, Asn, Gin, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent;
Ri is NH2 or a N-terminal blocking group;
R2 is COOH, CONH2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
According to a first preferred embodiment of the invention,
Xi is Thr or absent;
X2 is Ala or absent;
X3 is Pro or absent;
X4 is Arg or absent; X5 is Ser, Thr or absent;
Xβ is Leu, He, Nle, Met, Val, Ala, Phe or absent;
X7 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent;
Xs is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent;
X9 is Ser, Thr or absent; Xio is Ser, Thr or absent;
2 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme; Xι3 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
Xι is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X15 is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, or Asp;
Xi6 is Met, Leu, πe or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid; X2o is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X2ι is Ala, D-Ala, Val, Leu, or He;
X22 is Gin or Asn; X2 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X28 is Asn, Gin, His, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent; X 9 is Ser, Thr or absent;
X3o is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala or absent; X3ι is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent; X32 is Tyr, Phe, Trp, Thr, Ser or absent; X33 is absent; Ri is NH2 or a N-terminal blocking group;
R2 is COOH, CONH2 or a C-terminal blocking group
According to the first preferred embodiment of the invention, the following residues are more preferred: Xi is Thr or absent;
X2 is Ala or absent;
X3 is Pro or absent;
X4 is Arg or absent; X5 is Ser or absent;
Xό is Leu or absent;
X7 is Arg, Asp or absent;
X8 is Arg, Asp or absent;
X9 is Ser or absent; Xio is Ser or absent;
X12 is Phe or Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid;
Xis is Gly; Xι4 is Gly;
X15 is Arg or Asp;
Figure imgf000014_0001
X20 is Gly;
X2ι is Ala; X22 is Gin;
X24 is Gly;
X26 is Gly;
X28 is Asn or absent;
X29 is Ser or absent; X3o is Phe or absent;
X3ι is Arg, Asp or absent;
X32 is Tyr or absent;
X33 is absent;
Ri is NH2 or a N-terminal blocking group; R2 is COOH, CONH2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
Native human ANP is among the NP peptides in accordance with first embodiment of the present invention. Further preferred NP peptides i accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention are SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 8, SEQ ED NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 17 and SEQ ID NO: 19. Preferred NP derivatives, comprising NP peptides according to the first embodiment of the present invention, are SEQ LD NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 7, SEQ ID NO: 9, SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ TD NO:l 1, SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ DD NO: 16, SEQ ID NO: 18 and SEQ ID NO: 20. Accόrding to a second preferred embodiment of the invention :
Xi is absent;
X2 is Ser, Thr or absent; X is Pro, Hpr, Val or absent;
X4 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent;
X5 is Met, Leu, He, an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid or absent;
Xδ is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
X7 is Gin, Asn or absent; X8 is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala or absent;
X9 is Ser, Thr or absent;
Xio is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala or absent;
2 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme;
Xι is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
Xι is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, or Asp;
X15 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn or Gin; X16 is Met, Leu, He or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid;
X2o is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X2ι is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X22 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X2 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; .
X2s is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent;
X29 is Val, πe, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
X3o is Leu, Nle, He, Val, Met, Ala, D-Ala, Phe or absent;
X3ι is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent; X32 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent;
X33 is His, Asn, Gin, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent;
Ri is NH2 or a N-terminal blocking group;
R2 is COOH, CONH2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
According to the second preferred embodiment of the invention, the following residues are more preferred: Xi is absent; X2 is Ser or absent; X is Pro or absent; X4 is Lys or absent;
X5 is Met, He or absent;
Xg is Val or absent;
X7 is Gin or absent; Xs is Gly or absent;
X9 is Ser or absent;
Xio is Gly or absent;
X12 is Phe or Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid;
3 s Gly;
X14 is Arg or Asp;
X15 is Lys or Arg;
Figure imgf000016_0001
X2o is Ser;
X2ι is Ser;
X22 is Ser;
X24 is Gly;
X26 is Gly; X28 is Lys, Arg or absent;
X29 is Val or absent;
X3o is Leu or absent;
X31 is Arg, Asp or absent;
X32 is Arg, Asp or absent; X33 is His or absent.
Native human BNP is among the NP peptides in accordance with second embodiment of the present invention. Further preferred NP peptides in accordance with the second embodiment of the present invention are SEQ HD NO: 21, SEQ BD NO: 22, SEQ HD NO: 23, SEQ HD NO: 25, SEQ HD NO: 28, SEQ HD NO: 31 , SEQ HD NO: 34, SEQ DD NO: 37, SEQ HD NO: 39, SEQ HD NO: 42, SEQ HD NO: 45, SEQ ID NO: 48 and SEQ HD NO: 51. Preferred NP derivatives, comprising NP peptides according to the second embodiment of the present invention, are SEQ HD NO: 24, SEQ DD NO: 26, SEQ HD NO: 27, SEQ DD NO: 29, SEQ HD NO: 30, SEQ HD NO: 32, SEQ HD NO: 33, SEQ DD NO: 35, SEQ HD NO: 36, SEQ HD NO: 38, SEQ DD NO: 40, SEQ DD NO: 41, SEQ HD NO: 43, SEQ HD NO: 44, SEQ DD NO: 46, SEQ DD NO: 47, SEQ DD NO: 49, SEQ DD NO: 50, SEQ DD NO: 52, SEQ DD NO: 53, SEQ DD NO: 54, SEQ DD NO: 55, SEQ DD NO: 56 and SEQ DD NO: 57. The amino acids of the sequences of the NP peptides given in the present application may be D-amino acids or L-amino acids or combinations thereof, unless otherwise specified. L- amino acids are generally preferred.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the functionality on the protein will be a thiol group and the reactive entity will be a maleimide or maleimido-containing group such as γ-maleimide-butyrylamide (GMBA) and maleimidopropionic acid (MPA). The reactive entity can be linked to the NP peptide via a stable or releasable linking group. The linking group corresponds is represented by formula V-W where V is a functional group reacting with the NP peptide and W is a chain moiety attached to the reactive entity. V is an ether, a thioether, a secondary or tertiary amine, a secondary or tertiary amide, an ester, a thioester, an imine, an hydrazone, a semicarbazone, an acetal, an hemi-acetal, a ketal, an hemi-ketal, an aminal, an hemi-aminal, an sulfonate, a sulphate, a sulfonamide, a sulfonamidate, a phosphate, a phophoramide, a phosphonate or a phosphonamidate, and preferably a primary amide. W is any alkyl chain Ci-io, any fluoroalkyl Cj.io or any combination of fluorosubstituted alkyl chain CMO, any ether or thioether containing alkyl or fluoroalkyl chains such as -(Z-CH2CH2-Z)n-, -(Z-CF2CH2-Z)n-, -(Z-CH2CF2-Z)n-, where
Figure imgf000017_0001
and Z is either O or S, ortho, meta or para disubstituted benzene with structure like -Y-C6H4-, -Y- C6H -Y-, where Y is any combination of CH2, O, S, NH, NR [R=H, alkyl, acyl], disubstituted heterocycles such as furan, thiophene, pyran, oxazole, or thiazole, preferably an alkyl chain
Ci-6-
The linking group is preferably selected in the group consisting of hydroxyethyl motifs such as (2-amino) ethoxy acetic acid (AEA), ethylenediamine (EDA), 2-[2-(2- amino)ethoxy)] ethoxy acetic acid (AEEA); one or more alkyl chains (C1-C10) motifs such as glycine, 3-aminopropionic acid (APA), 8-aminooctanoic acid (AOA), 4-aminobenzoic acid (APhA). Preferred linking groups are (2-amino) ethoxy acetic acid (AEA), ethylenediamine (EDA), and 2-[2-(2-amino)ethoxy)] ethoxy acetic acid (AEEA). Examples of combinations of linking group and reactive entity include, without limitations, (AEEA-EDA)-MPA; (AEEA-AEEA)-MPA, (AEA-AEEA)-MPA and the like.
It is also contemplated that one or more additional amino acids may be added or substituted to the peptide at the site of coupling the reactive entity, via a linking group or not, prior to performing such coupling on the added or substituted amino acid, in order to facilitate the coupling procedure. The addition or substitution of amino acid(s) may be made at the N- terminal, the C-terminal, or therebetween. It is preferred to substitute an amino acid of the sequence of the NP peptide with Lys, D-Lys, Orn, D-Orn or 2,4-diaminobutanoic acid (DABA) and couple the reactive group on it, optionally via a linking group. To do so, lysine is the most preferred. Male nide groups are most selective for sulfhydryl groups on peptides when the pH of the reaction mixture is kept between 6.5 and 7.4. At pH 7.0, the rate of reaction of maleimido groups with sulfhydryls is 1000-fold faster than with amines. When a stable thioether linkage between the maleimido group and the sulfliydryl is formed, it cannot be cleaved under physiological conditions.
The NP derivatives of the invention can provide specific labeling of blood components. The specific labeling, particularly with a maleimide, offers several advantages. Free thiol groups are less abundant in vivo than amino groups, and as a result, maleimide derivatives covalently bond to fewer proteins. For example, in serum albumin, there is only one free thiol group per molecule. Thus, a NP peptide - maleimide - albumin conjugate will tend to comprise a 1:1 molar ratio of peptide : albumin, i addition to albumin, IgG molecules (class D) also have free thiols. Since IgG molecules and serum albumin make up the majority of soluble proteins in the blood, i.e., about 80-85%, they also make up the majority of the free thiol groups available to covalently bond to a NP derivative having a maleimido-containing group.
Further, even among free thiol-containing blood proteins, specific labeling with a maleimide leads to the preferential fonnation of peptide-maleimide-albumin conjugates, due to the unique characteristics of albumin itself. The single free thiol group of albumin, highly conserved among species, is located at amino acid residue Cys3 . It has been demonstrated recently that the Cys of albumin has an increased reactivity relative to free thiols on other free thiol-containing proteins and also compared to thiols on low molecular weight molecules. This is due in part to the unusual pK value of 5.5 for the Cys3 of albumin. This is much lower than typical pK values for cysteine residues in general, which are typically about 8-10. Due to this low pK, under normal physiological conditions, Cys34 of albumin is predominantly in the anionic form, which dramatically increases its reactivity, hi addition to the low pK value of Cys34, another factor which enhances the reactivity of Cys34 is its location, which is in a hydrophobic pocket close to the surface of one loop of region V of albumin. This location makes Cys34 accessible to ligands of all kinds, and is an important factor in Cys34's biological role as free radical trap and free thiol scavenger. As a result, the reaction rate acceleration can be as much as 1000-fold relative to rates of reaction of peptide-maleimides with other free-thiol containing proteins and with free thiols containing low molecular weight molecules.
Another advantage of peptide-maleimide-albumin conjugates is the reproducibility associated with the 1:1 loading of peptide to albumin specifically at Cys34. Conventional activation techniques, such as with glutaraldehyde, DCC, EDC and other chemical activators of, for example, free amines, lack this selectivity. For example, human albumm contains 59 lysine residues, 25-30 of which are located on the surface of albumin and accessible for conjugation. Activating these lysine residues, or alternatively modifying a peptide to couple through these lysine residues, results in a heterogeneous population of conjugates. Even if an equimolar ratio ρeptide:albumin (i.e., 1:1) is employed, the end result is the production of random conjugation products, some containing an indefinite number of peptides linked to each molecule of albumin, and each conjugate having peptides randomly coupled at any one of the 25-30 available lysine sites. Consequently, characterization of the exact composition is virtually impossible, not to mention the absence of reproducibility. Additionally, while it would seem that conjugation through lysine residues of albumin would at least have the advantage of delivering more therapeutic agent per albumin molecule, studies have shown that a 1 : 1 ratio of therapeutic agent to albumin is preferred, hi an article by Stehle, et al. in Anti-Cancer Drugs, 1997, 8, 677-685, which is incorporated herein in its entirety, it is reported that a 1 : 1 ratio of the anti-cancer methotrexate to albumin conjugated via glutaraldehyde gave the most promising results. These conjugates were taken up by tumor cells, whereas conjugates bearing 5:1 to 20:1 methotrexate molecules had altered HPLC profiles and were quickly taken up by the liver in vivo. It would therefore seems that at higher ratios, the effectiveness of albumin as a carrier for a therapeutic agent is diminished.
Through controlled administration of the present NP derivative, and particularly the ones with a maleimide reactive entity, specific in vivo labeling or bonding of albumin and IgG can be controlled, hi typical intravenous administrations, it has been shown that 80-90% of the administered peptide derivative bonds to albumin and less than 5% bonds to IgG. Trace bonding of free thiols present, such as glutathione and cysteine, also occurs. Such specific bonding is preferred for in vivo use as it permits an accurate calculation of the estimated half-life of the NP peptide administered. The present invention also relates to NP derivatives being capable of selectively covalently bonding with one functionality on a targeted blood component whith a degree of selectivity of 80% or more. Preferably, the degree of selectivity is 90% or more, and more preferably, 95% or more.
As stated above, the desired conjugates of NP derivatives to blood components may be prepared in vivo by administration of the derivatives directly to the subject, which may be an animal or a human. The administration may be done in the form of a bolus, or introduced slowly over time by infusion using metered flow or the like.
Alternately, the conjugate may also be prepared ex vivo or in vitro by combining blood samples or purified blood components with the NP derivatives, allowing covalent bonding of the NP derivatives to the functionalities on blood components, and the resulting blood solution or the resulting purified blood component conjugates may be administered to the subject, animal or human. The purified blood components can be of commercial source, prepared by recombinant techniques or purified from blood samples. The blood may be treated to prevent coagulation during handling ex vivo.
The invention is also directed to the therapeutic uses and other related uses of NP derivatives and fragments thereof having an extended half-life in vivo, and one or more of the following ANP-associated properties and BNP-associated properties:
- hypertension reduction;
- diuresis inducement;
- natriuresis inducement; - vascular conduct dilatation or relaxation;
- natriuretic peptide receptors (such as NPR-A) binding;
- liberation suppression of norepinephrine through suppression of sympatic nerve;
- renin secretion suppression from kidney;
- aldostrerone secretion suppresion from adrenal gland; - treatment of cardiovascular disease and disorder;
- reducing, stopping or reversing cardiac remodling process in congestive heart failure;
- treatment of renal disease and disorder; and
- treatment asthma.
According to the present invention, the NP derivatives or NP conjugates can be administered to patients that would benefit from inducing natriuresis, diuresis and vasodilatation. The NP derivatives and conjugates of the present invention are particularly useful to treat cardiac failure such as congestive heart failure (CHF) and more particularly acute decompensated CHF of NYHA Class D, DI and IV and chronic CHF of NYHA Class ID and IV. NP derivatives or NP conjugates can be administered in a single dose in acute CHF or following a long term medication for chronic CHF. Also, NP derivatives or NP conjugates can be administered alone or in combination with one or more of the following types of compounds: ACE inhibitors, beta blockers, diuretics, spironolactone, digoxin, anticoagulation and antiplatelet agents, and angiotensin receptor blockers.
Other diseases or conditions can be treated with the administration of NP derivatives and NP conjugates of the present invention and include renal disorders and diseases, asthma, hypertension and pulmonary hypertension. More particularly for the NP derivatives and conjugates based on formula D, the following diseases and conditions can also be treated: inflammatory-related diseases, erectile dysfunction and hypercholesterolemia; and also be used as protectant for toxicity of anti-cancer drugs.
Two or more NP derivatives or conjugates of the present invention may be used in combination to optimize their therapeutic effects. They can be administered in a physiologically acceptable medium, e.g. deionized water, phosphate buffered saline (PBS), saline, aqueous ethanol or other alcohol, plasma, proteinaceous solutions, mannitol, aqueous glucose, alcohol, vegetable oil, or the like. Other additives which may be included include buffers, where the media are generally buffered at a pH in the range of about 5 to 10, where the buffer will generally range in concentration from about 50 to 250 mM, salt, where the concentration of salt will generally range from about 5 to 500 mM, physiologically acceptable stabilizers, and the like. The compositions may be lyophilized for convenient storage and transport.
The NP derivatives and conjugates of the present invention may be administered orally, pulmonary, parenterally, such as intiavascularly (TV), intraarterially (IA), intramuscularly (TM), subcutaneously (SC), or the like. Administration by transfusion may be appropriate in some situations, hi some cases, administration may be oral, nasal, rectal, transdermal or by aerosol. It can be suitable to employ a single dose or multiple daily doses so as to build the desired systemic dosage, hi the case of chronic use, the inverval of administration are established in relation with subject's needs. The NP derivative or conjugate may be administered by any convenient means, including syringe, trocar, catheter, or the like. The particular manner of administration will vary depending upon the amount to be administered, whether a single bolus or continuous administration, or the like.
The blood of the mammalian host may be monitored for the activity of NP peptides and/or presence of the NP derivatives or conjugates. By taking a blood sample from the host at different times, one may determine whether the NP peptide has become bonded to the long- lived blood components in sufficient amount to be therapeutically active and, thereafter, detennine the level of NP peptide in the blood. If desired, one may also determine to which of the blood components the NP peptide is covalently bonded. Monitoring may also take place by using assays of peptide activity, HPLC-MS, antibodies directed to peptides, or fluorescent- labeled or radiolabeled derivatives.
Another aspect of this invention relates to methods for detennining the concentration of the NP peptide or its conjugate in biological samples (such as blood) using antibodies specific to the NP peptide and to the use of such antibodies as a treatment for toxicity potentially associated with such NP peptide or conjugate. This is advantageous because the increased stability and life of the NP peptide in the patient might lead to novel problems during treatment, including increased possibility for toxicity. The use of anti-NP antibodies, either monoclonal or polyclonal, having specificity for NP, can assist in mediating any such problem. The antibody may be generated or derived from a host immunized with the particular NP derivative, or with an immunogenic fragment of the NP peptide, or a synthesized immunogen corresponding to an antigenic determinant of the NP peptide. Preferred antibodies will have high specificity and affinity any of the NP peptide, the derivatized form thereof and the conjugated form thereof.
Such antibodies can also be labeled with enzymes, fluorochromes, or radiolabels.
Antibodies specific for a particular NP derivative may be produced by using purified ; NP peptides for the induction of derivatized NP-specific antibodies. By induction of antibodies, it is intended not only the stimulation of an immune response by injection into animals, but analogous steps in the production of synthetic antibodies or other specific binding molecules such as screening of recombinant immunoglobulin libraries. Both monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies can be produced by procedures well known in the art. 0
The antibodies may also be used to monitor the presence of the NP peptide in the blood stream. Blood and/or serum samples may be analyzed by SDS-PAGE and western blotting. Such techniques allow determination of the level of conjugation of the NPderivative.
5 The anti-NP antibodies may also be used to treat toxicity induced by administration of the NP derivative, and may be used ex vivo or in vivo. Ex vivo methods would include immuno-dialysis treatment for toxicity employing anti-therapeutic agent antibodies fixed to solid supports. In vivo methods include administration of anti-NP antibodies in amounts effective to induce clearance of antibody-agent complexes. 0
The antibodies may be used to remove the NP derivatives and conjugates thereof, from a patient's blood ex vivo by contacting the .blood with the antibodies under sterile conditions. For example, the antibodies can be fixed or otherwise immobilized on a column matrix and the patient's blood can be removed from the patient and passed over the matrix. The 5 NP derivatives will bind to the antibodies and the blood containing a low concentration of NP, then may be returned to the patient's circulatory system. The amount of NP derivative removed can be controlled by adjusting the pressure and flow rate. Preferential removal of the NP derivative from the serum component of a patient's blood can be effected, for example, by the use of a semipermeable membrane, or by otherwise first separating the serum component from o the cellular component by ways known in the art prior to passing the serum component over a matrix containing the anti-therapeutic antibodies. Alternatively the preferential removal of NP- conjugated blood cells, including red blood cells, can be effected by collecting and concentrating the blood cells in the patient's blood and contacting those cells with fixed anti-NP antibodies to the exclusion of the serum component of the patient's blood. 5
The anti-NP antibodies can be administered in vivo, parenterally, to a patient that has received the NP derivative or conjugates for treatment. The antibodies will bind the NP derivative and conjugates. Once bound, the NP activity will be hindered if not completely blocked thereby reducing the biologically effective concentration of NP derivatives in the patient's bloodstream and minimizing harmful side effects if any. hi addition, the bound antibody-NP complex will facilitate clearance of the NP derivative and conjugates from the patient's blood stream.
Direct attachment of the reactive entity
The reactive entity (via a linking group or not), such as MPA, is activated as a succinate ester for example (one skilled in the art can use haloacyl or p-nitrophenyl or others) and reacted with an amino group of NP peptide or derivative thereof produced by Solid Phase Synthesis or by recombinants means (see Example 2). In order to perform such direct attachment of the reactive entity, the amino group is selected from the group consisting of the amino group of the C-terminal residue, the amino group of the N-terminal residue, or the amino group of the lateral chain of an amino acid such as Lys, D-Lys, Om, D-Orn and DABA.
Peptide derivative synthesis NP peptides may be synthesized by standard methods of solid phase peptide chemistry well known to any one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, the peptide may be synthesized by solid phase chemistry techniques following the procedures described by Steward et al. in Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2nd Ed., Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, HI., (1984) using a Rainin PTI Symphony™ synthesizer. Similarly, peptides fragments may be synthesized and subsequently combined or linked together to form a larger peptide (segment condensation). These synthetic peptide fragments can also be made with amino acid substitutions and/or deletion at specific locations.
For solid phase peptide synthesis, a summary of the many techniques may be found in Stewart et al. in "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis", W. H. Freeman Co. (San Francisco), 1963 and Meienhofer, Hormonal Proteins and Peptides, 1973, 246. For classical solution synthesis, see for example Schroder et al. in "The Peptides", volume 1, Acacemic Press (New York). In general, such method comprises the sequential addition of one or more amino acids or suitably protected amino acids to a growing peptide chain on a polymer. Normally, either the amino or carboxyl group of the first amino acid is protected by a suitable protecting group. The protected and/or derivatized amino acid is then either attached to an inert solid support or utilized in solution by adding the next amino acid in the sequence having the complimentary (amino or carboxyl) group suitably protected and under conditions suitable for forming the amide linkage.
The protecting group is then removed from this newly added amino acid residue and the next amino acid (suitably protected) is added, and so forth.
After all the desired amino acids have been linked in the proper sequence, any remaining protecting groups (and any solid support) are cleaved sequentially or concurrently to afford the final peptide. By simple modification of this general procedure, it is possible to add more than one amino acid at a time to a growing chain, for example, by coupling (under conditions which do not racemize chiral centers) a protected tripeptide with a properly protected dipeptide to form, after deprotection, a pentapeptide (segment condensation).
The particularly preferred method of preparing the present NP derivatives of the present invention is solid phase peptide synthesis where the amino acid α-N-tenninal is protected by an acid or base sensitive group. Such protecting groups should have the properties of being stable to the conditions of peptide linkage formation while being readily removable without destruction of the growing peptide chain or racemization of any of the chiral centers contained therein. Examples of N-protecting groups and carboxy-protecting groups are disclosed in Greene, "Protective Groups In Organic Synthesis," (John Wiley & Sons, New York pp. 152-186 (1981)), which is hereby incorporated by reference. Examples of N-protecting groups comprise, without limitation, loweralkanoyl groups such as formyl, acetyl ("Ac"), propionyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl and the like; other acyl groups include 2-chloroacetyl, 2- bromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, phthalyl, o-nitrophenoxyacetyl, -chlorobutyryl, benzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 4-bromobenzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl and the like; sulfonyl groups such as benzenesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, o-mtrophenylsulfonyl, 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6- sulfonyl (pmc), and the like; carbamate forming groups such as t-amyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, p-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, p- nitrobenzyloxycarbpnyl, 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,4- dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2,4- dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-ethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-nitro-4,5- dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,4,5-rrimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, l-(p-biphenylyl)-l- methylethoxycarbonyl, α,α-dimethyl-3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, benzhydryloxycarbonyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (boc), diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2,- trichloroethoxycarbonyl, phenoxycarbonyl, 4-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, fluorenyl-9- methoxycarbonyl, isobomyloxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, adamantyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, phenylthiocarbonyl and the like; arylalkyl groups such as benzyl, biphenylisopropyloxycarbonyl, triphenylmethyl, benzyloxymethyl, 9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) and the like and silyl groups such as trimethylsilyl and the like. Preferred α-N-protecting group are o-nitrophenylsulfenyl; 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl; t-butyloxycarbonyl (boc), isobomyloxycarbonyl; 3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl; t- amyloxycarbonyl; 2-cyano-t-butyloxycarbonyl, and the like, 9-fluorenyl-methyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) being more preferred, while preferred side chain N-protecting groups comprise 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-sulfonyl (pmc), nitro, p-toluenesulfonyl, 4-methoxybenzene- sulfonyl, Cbz, Boc, and adamantyloxycarbonyl for side chain amino groups like lysine and arginine; benzyl, o-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, isopropyl, t-butyl (t-Bu), cyclohexyl, cyclopenyl and acetyl (Ac) for tyrosine; t-butyl, benzyl and tetrahydropyranyl for serine; trityl, benzyl, Cbz, p-toluenesulfonyl and 2,4-dinitrophenyl for histidine; formyl for tryptophan; benzyl and t-butyl for asparticacid and glutamic acid; and triphenylmethyl (trityl) for cysteine.
A carboxy-protecting group conventionally refers to a carboxylic acid protecting ester or amide group. Such carboxy protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, having been extensively used in the protection of carboxyl groups in the penicillin and cephalosporin fields as described in US 3,840,556 and 3,719,667, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Representative carboxy protecting groups comprise, without limitation, Cι-C8 loweralkyl; arylalkyl such as phenethyl or benzyl and substituted derivatives thereof such as alkoxybenzyl or nitrobenzyl groups; arylalkenyl such as phenylethenyl; aryl and substituted derivatives thereof such as 5-indanyl; dialkylaminoalkyl such as dimethylaminoethyl; alkanoyloxyalkyl groups such as acetoxymethyl, butyryloxymethyl, valeryloxymethyl, isobutyryloxymethyl, isovaleryloxymethyl, 1- (propionyloxy)-l -ethyl, l-(pivaloyloxyl)-l -ethyl, 1 -methyl- l-(propionyloxy)-l -ethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, propionyloxymethyl; cycloalkanoyloxyalkyl groups such as cyclopropylcarbonyloxymethyl, cyclobutylcarbonyloxymethyl, cyclopentylcarbonyloxymethyl, cyclohexylcarbonyloxy-methyl; aroyloxyalkyl such as benzoyloxymethyl, benzoyloxyethyl; arylalkylcarbonyloxyalkyl such as benzylcarbonyloxymethyl, 2-benzylcarbonyloxyethyl; alkoxycarbonylalkyl or cycloalkyloxycarbonylalkyl such as methoxycarbonylmethyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-methoxycarbonyl-l -ethyl; alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyl or cycloalkyloxycarbonyloxyalkyl such as methoxycarbonyloxymethyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl- oxymethyl, 1-ethoxycarbonyloxy-l -ethyl, 1-cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy-l -ethyl; aryloxy- carbonyloxyalkyl such as 2-(phenoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl, 2-(5-indanyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethyl; alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyl such as 2-(l-methoxy-2-methylpropan-2-oyloxy)-ethyl; arylalkyloxycarbonyloxyalkyl such as 2-(benzyloxycarbonyloxy)ethyl; arylalkenyloxycarbonyloxyalkyl such as 2-(3-phenylpropen-2-yloxycarbonyloxy)ethyl; alkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl such as t-butyloxycarbonylaminomethyl; alkylaminocarbonyl- aminoalkyl such as methylaminocarbonylaminomethyl; alkanoylaminoalkyl such as acetylaminomethyl; heterocycliccarbonyloxyalkyl such as 4-methylpiperazinyl- carbonyloxymethyl; dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl such as dimethylaminocarbonylmethyl, diethylaminocarbonylmethyl; (5-(loweralkyl)-2-oxo-l,3-dioxolen-4-yl)alkyl such as (5-t-butyl- 2-oxo-l,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl; and (5-phenyl-2-oxo-l,3-dioxolen-4-yl)alkyl such as (5- phenyl-2-oxo-l,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl. Representative amide carboxy protecting groups comprise, without limitation, aminocarbonyl and loweralkylaminocarbonyl groups. Of the above carboxy-protecting groups, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl or arylalkyl ester, for example, methyl ester, ethyl ester, propyl ester, isopropyl ester, butyl ester, sec-butyl ester, isobutyl ester, amyl ester, isoamyl ester, octyl ester, cyclohexyl ester, phenylethyl ester and the like or an alkanoyloxyalkyl, cycloalkanoyloxyalkyl, aroyloxyalkyl or an arylalkylcarbonyloxyalkyl ester are preferred. Preferred amide carboxy protecting groups are loweralkylaminocarbonyl groups.
hi the solid phase peptide synthesis method, the α-C-terminal amino acid is attached 5 to a suitable solid support or resin. Suitable solid supports useful for the above synthesis are those materials that are inert to the reagents and reaction conditions of the stepwise condensation-deprotection reactions, as well as being insoluble in the media used. The preferred solid support for synthesis of α-C-terminal carboxy peptides is a Ramage Amide Linker™ Resin (R. Ramage et al., THL, 34, p. 6599 (1993)). The preferred solid support for α-C-terminal o amide peptides Fmoc-protected Ramage Amide Linker™ Resin.
When the solid support is 4-(2',4'-dimethoxyphenyl-Fmoc-aminomethyl)-phenoxy- acetamidoethyl resin, the Fmoc group is cleaved with a secondary amine, preferably piperidine, prior to coupling with the α-C-terminal amino acid as described above. The preferred method 5 for coupling to the deprotected 4-(2',4'-dimethoxyphenyl-Fmoc-aminomethyl)phenoxy- acetamidoethyl resin is O-benzotriazol-l-yl-NjHN'jN'-tetramethyluroniumhexafluoro- phosphate (HBTU, 5 equiv.), diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 5 equiv.), and optionally 1- hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT, 5 equiv.), in DMF. The coupling of successive protected amino acids can be carried out in an automatic polypeptide synthesizer in a conventional manner as is o well known in the art.
The removal of the Fmoc protecting group from the α-N-terminal side of the growing peptide is accomplished conventionally, for example, by treatment with a secondary amine, preferably piperidine. Each protected amino acid is then introduced in about 6-fold molar 5 excess, and the coupling is preferably carried out in DMF. The coupling agent is normally O- benzotriazol-l-yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluroniumhexafluoro-phosphate (HBTU, 5 equiv.), diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 5 equiv.), and optionally 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT, 5 equiv.).
0 At the end of the solid phase synthesis, the peptide is removed from the resin and deprotected, either in successive operations or in a single operation. Removal of the polypeptide and deprotection can be accomplished conventionally in a single operation by treating the resin-bound polypeptide with a cleavage reagent comprising thioanisole, triisopropylsilane, phenol, and trifluoroacetic acid, hi cases wherein the α-C-terminal of the 5 polypeptide is an alkylamide, the resin is cleaved by aminolysis with an alkylamine. Alternatively, the peptide may be removed by transesterification, e.g. with methanol, followed by aminolysis or by direct transamidation. The protected peptide may be purified at this point or taken to the next step directly. The removal of the side chain protecting groups is accomplished using the cleavage mixture described above. The fully deprotected peptide can be purified by a sequence of chromatographic steps employing any or all of the following types: ion exchange on a weakly basic resin (acetate form); hydrophobic adsorption chromatography on underivatized polystyrene-divinylbenzene (such as Amberlite XAD™); silica gel adsorption chromatography;
5 ion exchange chromatography on carboxymethylcellulose; partition chromatography, e.g. on
Sephadex G-25™, LH-20™ or countercurrent distribution; high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), especially reverse-phase HPLC on octyl- or octadecylsilyl-silica bonded phase column packing. Anyone of ordinary skill in the art will be able to determine easily what would be the preferred chromatographic steps or sequences required to obtain l o acceptable purification of the NP peptide.
NP peptides and derivatives are cyclic. For the cyclisation, the thiol groups of the peptide can be reduced by a tallium, iodine or by the sulphoxide method. The iodine method is exemplified herein below in Example 1 and the sulphoxide method is exemplified herein below
15 in Examples 3, 5, 21 and 24. When the peptide has a reactive entity, and more particularly when the reactive entity is MPA, the cyclisation is preferably made with the sulphoxide method.
After the cyclisation step, a final purification is performed on the cyclised product. The preferred method of purification is by HPLC.
20
Molecular weights of these peptides are determined using Quadrupole Electro Spray mass spectroscopy.
The synthesis process for the production of the NP derivatives of the present 25 invention will vary widely, depending upon the nature of the various elements, i.e., the sequence of the NP peptide, the linking group and the reactive entity, comprised in the NP derivative. The synthetic procedures are selected to ensure simplicity, high yields and repetitivity, as well as to allow for a highly purified product. Normally, the chemically reactive entity will be coupled at the last stage of the synthesis, for example, with a carboxyl group, 3 o esterification to form an active ester. Specific methods for the production of the embodiment of NP derivatives of the present invention are described below.
It is imperative that the chemically reactive entity be placed at a site to allow the peptide to covalently bond to the blood component while retaining a substantial proportion, if 35 not all, activity and/or beneficial effects of the corresponding NP peptide.
It is preferred to attach the reactive group at a site along the peptidic sequence of the NP peptide selected so as to not interfere with the binding activity and the pharmacologic activity of the NP peptide. hi vitro assays may be used to select the best site to attach the reactive group.
The following examples are provided to illustrate preferred embodiments of the invention and shall by no means be construed as limiting its scope. Unless indicated otherwise, optically active protected amino acids in the L-configuration were used.
Peptide derivative synthesis examples
The synthesis of the present natriuretic peptides and derivatives thereof was performed using an automated solid-phase procedure on a Symphony™ peptide synthesizer with manual intervention during the generation of the Natriuretic derivatives. The synthesis was performed on Fmoc-protected Ramage Amide Linker™ resin using Fmoc-protected amino acids. Coupling was achieved by using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) as activator in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) solution and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) as base. The Fmoc protective group was removed using 20% piperidine/DMF. When needed, a Boc-protected amino acid was used at the N-terminus in order to generate the free Nα-terminus after the peptide was cleaved from the resin. All amino acids used during the synthesis possessed the L-stereochemistry unless otherwise stated. Glass reaction vessels were Sigmacoted™ and used during the synthesis.
hi order to make easier the relation between the examples and the formula, it can be noted that the NP peptides and NP derivatives prepared in Examples 1 to 20 comprise NP peptides in accordance with the first preferred embodiment of the present invention, and ones prepared in Examples 21 to 57 comprise NP peptides in accordance with the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. It should be understood that a peptidic bond links the last amino acid on the first line and the first amino acid on the second line for each sequence given in the examples. It should also be understood that the line between the two cysteines in each sequence illustrated in the present application represents a direct disulfide bridge that forms a loop in the sequence.
Example 1
Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-
Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 1 Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ghι(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH,
F oc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-
Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-
Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH,
5 Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. Tliey were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uromum hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. o Step 2: The peptide was cleaved from the resin using 85% TFA 5% TIS/5% thioanisole and 5% phenol, followed by precipitation by dry-ice cold (0-4°C) Et20. The crude peptide was collected on a polypropylene sintered funnel, dried, redissolved in a 20% mixture of acetonitrile in water (0.1% TFA) and lyophilized to generate the corresponding crude material used in the purification process. 5 Step 3: The resulting peptide fully deprotected and was purified according to the standard purification procedure detailed herein below. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyophilised.
Step 4: The lyophilate of step 3 was placed in 2.5 mL AcOH/H20 (1 : 1). Then iodine (I2) (6 eq.) was added and followed by mass spectrometry (LC/MS) to monitor the reaction. The solution 0 was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After the elapsed time, a solution of vitamine C
(ascorbic acid IM) was added. The precipitate was filtered out and the filtrate was lyophilized. Step 5: The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification procedure (detailed herein below).
5 Example 2
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-
Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-COOH SEQ D3 NO : 2
Step 1: Native Atrial Natriuretic peptide (provided by Phoenix Pharmaceuticals Inc., Belmont, CA, USA, catalog number 005-06) was placed in DMF. To the solution was added MPA- o AEEA-COO(Su) and N-Methyl Morpholine. The solution was stirred for 6 hours and then the solution was diluted (1:1) with water and it was purified according to the standard methodology.
Example 3
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-
Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 5 SEQ DD NO : 3 Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, FmocTle-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asρ(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl- N, N, N, N'-tetiamethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2: The peptide was cleaved from the resin using 85% TFA 5% TIS/5% thioanisole and 5% phenol, followed by precipitation by dry-ice cold (0-4°C) Et20. The crude peptide was collected on a polypropylene sintered funnel, dried, redissolved in a 20% mixture of acetonitrile in water (0.1%) TFA) and lyophilized to generate the corresponding crude material used in the purification process.
Step 3: The resulting peptide fully deprotected, except for the Acm groups which remained attached to the thiol portion of the cysteine, and was purified according to the standard purification procedure detailed herein below. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyophilised.
Step 4: The lyophilate of step 3 was placed in neat TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) (lmg/mL). Then anisole (100 eq.) was added followed by methyltrichlorosilane (lOeq.) and finally by diphenylsulphoxide (100 eq.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After the elapsed time, the solution was placed in a separatory funnel with 2N Acetic acid (ImL/mg of peptide) and cold ether (5mL/mL of TFA). After multiple extractions, the desired cyclised peptides, present in the aqueous solution, were collected, combined together and lyophilised. Step 5: The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification procedure (detailed herein below).
Example 4
MPA-Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-
Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH 2 SEQ H) NO : 4
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-
Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetiamethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 5
Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-
Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2
SEQ ID NO : 5
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)- H, Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, F oc- Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe- OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl- N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2: The selective deprotection of the Lys (Aloe) group was performed manually and accomplished by treating the resin with a solution of 3 eq of Pd(PPh3)4 dissolved in 5 mL of C6H6 :CHC13 (1:1) : 2.5% NMM (v:v): 5% AcOH (v:v) for 2 h. The resin is then washed with CHC13 (6 x 5 mL), 20% AcOH in DCM (6 x 5 mL), DCM (6 5 mL), and DMF (6 5 mL). Step 3: The synthesis was then re-automated for the addition of the Fmoc-AEEA-OH. After coupling the Fmoc protecting group was removed using 20% piperidine. Finally, 3- maleimidopropionic acid was coupled to the peptide on resin using standard coupling conditions. Between every coupling, the resin was washed 3 times with N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and 3 times with isopropanol. Step 4: The peptide was cleaved from the resin using 85% TFA/5% TIS/5% tliioanisole and 5% phenol, followed by precipitation by dry-ice cold (0-4°C) Et20. The crude peptide was collected on a polypropylene sintered funnel, dried, redissolved in a 40% mixture of acetonitrile in water (0.1% TFA) and lyophilized to generate the corresponding crude material used in the purification process.
Step 5: The resulting peptide fully deprotected, except for the Acm groups which remained attached to the thiol portion of the cysteine, was purified according to the standard purification procedure. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyopliilised.
Step 6: The lyophilate of step 3 was placed in neat TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) (lmg/mL). Then anisole (100 eq.) was added followed by methyltrichlorosilane (lOeq.) and finally by diphenylsulphoxide (lOOeq.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After the elapsed time, the solution was placed in a separatory funnel with 2N Acetic acid (ImL/mg of peptide) and cold ether (5mL/mL of TFA). After multiple extractions the aqueous solution were collected, combined toghether and lyophilised.
Step 7: The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification methodology.
Example 6
Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-Lys(AEEA-MPA) Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ D3 NO : 6
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc- Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylfornιamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 5.
Example 7
Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-
Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 7
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-
OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala- OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbι>OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- 5 Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylfonnamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. o Step 2-7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 5.
Example 8
Thr-Ala-Pro-Arg-Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile- i '
Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 8 5 Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala- OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-De-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, 0 Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH,
Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- Leu-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Boc- Thr(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium 5 hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
o Example 9
MPA-AEEA-Thr-Ala-Pro-Arg-Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg- i
Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-COOH SEQ ID NO : 9
Step 1 : Same as Step 1 in example 2 using urodilatin as starting material. Urodilatin is provided by Bachem, Torance, CA, USA, catalog number H-3046.1000. 5
Example 10 MPA-AEEA-Thr-Ala-Pro-Arg-Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser^Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-
Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ H) NO : 10
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- 5 OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala- OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- l o Leu-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc- Tlιr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'- tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V)
15 piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 11
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Leu-Asp-Asp-Ser-Ser-Cvs-Phe-Gly-Gly-Asp-Met-Asp-Asp-Ile-Gly- i
Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Asp-Tyr-CONH2
20 SEQ ID NO : 11
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-
25 OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Leu-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-
30 N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DDϊA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
35 Example 12 Ser-Leu-Asp-Asp-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Asp-Met-Asp-Arg-He-Gly-
Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Asp-Tyr-CONH2
SEQ H) NO : 12
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Frnoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala- OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Leu-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotτiazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 13
Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Ile-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-
Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 13 Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O- benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 : The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 14
MPA-AEEA-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Ile-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-
Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ DD NO : 14 Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 15
Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-
Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 15
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH,
Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-terramethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 16
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Ser-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-
Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ m NO : 16
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-
Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-
Ser(tBu)-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl- N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine
(DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 17
Figure imgf000037_0001
SEQ H) NO : 17
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O- benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20%) (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 18
MPA-AEEA-Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-
Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2
SEQ TD NO : 18
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc- AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
5 Example 19
Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-(N-Methyl-Phe)-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-
Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2
SEQ ID NO : 19
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- o OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-
OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-(N-Methyl)-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)- OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- 5 Leu-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. o Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 20
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Leu-Arg-Arg-Ser-Ser-Cys-(N-Methyl-Phe)-Gly-Gly-Arg-Met-Asp-
Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ DD NO : 20 5 Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Ala-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc- 0 Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-(N-Methyl)Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)- OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- Leu-OH, Foc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl- N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine 5 (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 3.
Example 21
Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-
I
Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 5 SEQ ID NO : 21
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- 0 Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to 5 the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2: The peptide was cleaved from the resin using 85% TFA/5% TIS/5% thioanisole and 5% o phenol, followed by precipitation by dry-ice cold (0-4°C) Et20. The crude peptide was collected on a polypropylene sintered funnel, dried, redissolved in a 40% mixture of acetonitrile in water (0.1% TFA) and lyophilized to generate the corresponding crude material used in the purification process.
Step 3: The resulting peptide fully deprotected, except for the Acm groups which remained 5 attached to the thiol portion of the cysteine, and was purified according to the standard purification procedure detailed herein below. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyophilised.
Step 4: Hie lyophilate of step 3 was placed in neat TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) (lmg/mL). Then anisole (100 eq.) was added followed by methyltrichlorosilane (lOeq.) and finally by 0 diphenylsulphoxide (100 eq.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After the elapsed time, the solution was placed in a separatory funnel with 2N Acetic acid (ImL/mg of peptide) and cold ether (5mL/mL of TFA). After multiple extractions the aqueous solution were collected, combined together and lyophilised.
Step 5: The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification procedure (detailed 5 herein below).
Example 22 Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-
Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 SEQ DD NO : 22
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- 5 OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were 0 dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21. 5
Example 23
Cys-Phe-Gly-Gly-Arg-Ile-Asp-Arg-Ile-Gly-Ala-Gln-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-
Cys-Asn-Ser-Phe-Arg-Tyr-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 23
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following o protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, F oc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- 5 OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-
OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetiamethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- o dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 24
Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-
Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 24
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a lOOμmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asρ(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Boc- Ser(tBu)-OH,. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2: The selective deprotection of the Lys (Aloe) group was performed manually and accomplished by treating the resin with a solution of 3 eq of Pd(PPh3)4 dissolved in 5 mL of C6H6 :CHC13 (1:1) : 2.5% NMM (v:v): 5% AcOH (v:v) for 2 h. The resin is then washed with CHC13 (6 5 mL), 20% AcOH in DCM (6 x 5 mL), DCM (6 x 5 mL), and DMF (6 x 5 mL). Step 3: The synthesis was then re-automated for the addition of the Fmoc-AEEA-OH. After coupling the Fmoc protecting group was removed using 20% piperidine. Finally, 3- maleimidopropionic acid was coupled to the peptide on resin using standard coupling conditions. Between every coupling, the resin was washed 3 times with N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and 3 times with isopropanol.
Step 4: The peptide was cleaved from the resin using 85% TFA/5% TIS/5%> thioanisole and 5% phenol, followed by precipitation by dry-ice cold (0-4°C) Et20. The crude peptide was collected on a polypropylene sintered funnel, dried, redissolved in a 40%) mixture of acetonitrile in water (0.1% TFA) and lyophilized to generate the corresponding crude material used in the purification process.
Step 5: The resulting peptide fully deprotected, except for the Acm groups which remained attached to the thiol portion of the cysteine, was purified according to the standard purification procedure. The desired fractions were collected pooled together and lyophilised.
Step 6: The lyophilate of step 3 was placed in neat TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) (lmg/mL). Then anisole (100 eq.) was added followed by methyltrichlorosilane (lOeq.) and finally by diphenylsulphoxide (100eq.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After the elapsed time, the solution was placed in a separatory funnel with 2Ν Acetic acid (ImL/mg of peptide) and cold ether (5mL/mL of TFA). After multiple extractions the aqueous solution were collected, combined toghether and lyophilised. Step 7: The lyophilate of Step 4 was purified using standard purification methodology.
Example 25 Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Ile-Asp-Arg-He-Ser-
1 1
Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 SEQ LD NO : 25
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- 5 OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were 0 dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21. 5
Example 26
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-De-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-
Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 SEQ DD NO : 26
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following o protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- 5 OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-
OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- o dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 27
Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Ue-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-
Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ TD NO : 27
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asρ(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Boc- Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2 to 7 The steps were perfonned in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 28
Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Ile-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-
1 1
Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2
SEQ TD NO : 28
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH,. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'- tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DffiA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 29
MPA-AEEA-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-IIe-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-
Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 29 Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-
Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-
Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH,
Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O- benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 30
Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-IIe-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-
Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ TD NO : 30 Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(AIoc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O- benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2 to 7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 31
Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-
Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 SEQ TD NO : 31
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylfornιamide
(DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'- tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 32
MPA-AEEA-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-
Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 32
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O- benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 33
Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-
Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 33
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fnioc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O- benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (N/V) piperidine in Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2-7: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 34
Cys-(NaMe-Phe)-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-
Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2
SEQ TD NO : 34
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Nα-Methyl-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 35
MPA-AEEA-Cys-(NaMe-Phe)-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-
Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2
SEQ ID NO : 35
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, F oc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Nα-Methyl-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21. Example 36
Cys-(NaMe-Phe)-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-
Cyls-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ LD NO : 36 Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Nα-Methlyl-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-7: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 37
Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-(NaMe-Phe)-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-
Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 SEQ TD NO : 37
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Nα-Methlyl-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21. Example 38
Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-(NaMe-Phe)-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-
/
Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2
SEQ TD NO : 38
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Nα-Methlyl-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH. Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2 to 7: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 39
Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-IIe-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-CONH2 SEQ DD NO : 39
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OHa, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH,. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20%) (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 40
MPA-AEEA-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Ile-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-
Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-CONH2 SEQ TD NO : 40
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)- OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were perfomied in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 41
Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Ile-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-
Cys-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ TD NO : 41
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'- tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DD3A). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2 to 7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 42
I 1 Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-CONH2
SEQ ID NO : 42
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)- OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate
(HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 43
MPA-AEEA-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-
Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-CONH2 SEQ TD NO : 43
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)- OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes.
Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 44
Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-
Cys-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ TD NO : 44
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Boc-Cys(Acm)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N, N, N', N'- tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DLEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2 to 7: The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 45
Ser-Pro-Lys-Ile-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Ile-Asp-
Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 SEQ ID NO : 45
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asρ(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DffiA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 46
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Pro-Lys-Ile-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-
/ Ile-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2
SEQ ID NO : 46
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DLEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 47
Ser-Pro-Lys-He-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-C s-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Ile-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-
Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ DD NO : 47
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc- Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 48
Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Arg-Met-Asp-
Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Arg-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2
SEQ TD NO : 48
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH,* Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, F oc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH , Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 49
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Arg-
/
Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Arg-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2
5 SEQ TD NO : 49
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- i o Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH , Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-
15 dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetiamethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
20
Example 50
Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Arg-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-
Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Arg-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2
SEQ ID NO : 50
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following
25 protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH , Fmoc-
30 Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc- Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine
35 (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 51
Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-C s-Phe-Gly-Asp-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser- i
Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Asp-Asp-His-CONH2 SEQ TD NO : 51
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N, N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 52
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cvs-Phe-Gly-Asp-
Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Asp-Asp-His-CONH2
SEQ TD NO : 52
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)- OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were perfonned in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 53
Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Asp-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-He-Ser- i — '
Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Asp-Asp-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ DD NO : 53
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc- Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotiϊazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2 to 7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 54
MPA-AEEA-Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met- i —
Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2
SEQ TD NO : 54
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-AEEA-OH, MPA-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylfonnamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-5 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 21.
Example 55 Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-Ser- i — — '
Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-CONH2 SEQ DD NO : 55
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc- His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-De- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc- Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1- yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 56
Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Lys(AEEA-MPA)-Asp-
Arg-Ile-Ser-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2
SEQ TD NO : 56
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-
OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-He-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH,
Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to the sequence, activated using O-benzotriazol-1 -yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl- uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
Example 57
Ser-Pro-Lys-Met-Val-Gln-Gly-Ser-Gly-Cys-Phe-Gly-Arg-Lys-Met-Asp-Arg-Ile-
Lys(AEEA-MPA)-Ser-Ser-Ser-Gly-Leu-Gly-Cys-Lys-Val-Leu-Arg-Arg-His-CONH2 5 SEQ DD NO : 57
Step 1: Solid phase peptide synthesis was carried out on a 100 μmole scale. The following protected amino acids were sequentially added to resin: Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)- OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc- Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc- l o Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Aloc)-OH, Fmoc-Ile-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Asp(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Acm)-OH, Fmoc-Gly-OH, Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Gly- OH, Fmoc-Gln(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Met-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Boc-Ser(tBu)-OH. They were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and, according to
15 the sequence, activated using 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and diisopropylethylamine (DIEA). Removal of the Fmoc protecting group was achieved using a solution of 20% (V/V) piperidine in N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) for 20 minutes. Step 2-7 The steps were performed in the same manner as Example 24.
20
Purification procedure of the synthetised derivative
Each compound was purified by preparative reversed phase HPLC, using a Varian 25 (Dynamax) preparative binaiy HPLC system. The purification was performed using a Phenomenex Luna 10 μ phenyl-hexyl, 50 mm x 250 mm column (particles lOμ) equilibrated with a water/TFA mixture (0.1% TFA in H20 (solvent A) and acetonitiile/TFA (0.1% TFA in CH3CN (solvent B). Fractions containing peptide were detected by UV absorbance (Varian Dynamax UVD D) at 214 nm. Table 2 shows the retention time of compounds that are NP 30 peptides and derivatives according to the present invention. TABLE 2
Figure imgf000058_0001
The retention times annotated with A, B and C have been obtained with gradient of elution shown in Tables 3, 4 and 5 respectively.
Figure imgf000058_0002
TABLE4
Figure imgf000058_0003
TABLE 5
Figure imgf000058_0004
Table 6 shows the predicted molecular weight (Predicted) and measured molecular weight (Measured) of compounds that are NP peptides and derivatives according to the present invention. All the molecular weights are expressed in g/mol. Molecular weight has been measured by Quadrupole Electro Spray mass spectroscopy. The predicted molecular weight has been established by addition of the theoretical mass of each atom. The differences between the predicted molecular weight and the measured molecular weight are negligible and indicate that the compounds synthesized are the desired compounds.
TABLE 6 0
Figure imgf000059_0001
Determination of the efficiency of cyclisation of the peptide
Cyclisation is obtained by reduction of the thiol group of both cysteine residues of the 5 peptide so as to form an intiamolecular disulphide bridge and details of the process are in the specification and are exemplified in Step 4 of Example 1 and in Step 4 of Example 3. In order to determine that the peptide has been successfully cyclised, an Ellman test was performed on the final cyclised material as taught in G.L. Ellman, Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 82 (70) 1959 and G.L. Ellman, Biochem. Pharmacol., 7 (68) 1961. The Ellman test allows determination of thiol o groups that would not form disulphide bridges. The absence of free thiol groups indicates that the cyclisation was successful.
Also, analysis by LC/MS allows comparison of the intermediate of synthesis obtained before the step of cyclisation and the final product obtained after the cyclisation step. 5 Figure 1 shows in supeφosition the LC/MS spectrums of the intermediates of synthesis of the compound of Example 1 before cyclisation illustrated in dotted line ( — ) and the corresponding final products after cyclisation illustrated in continuous line ( — ), wherein the cyclisation was performed with iodine as exemplified in Step 4 of Example 1. It can be seen that the intermediates have a molecular ion fragment of 771.2 (M+4) that corresponds to a mass of o 3080.8 and the final products have a molecular ion fragment of 770.5 (M+4) that corresponds to a mass of 3078.0. The reduction of the mass of 2.8 results from the loss of two hydrogens during the formation of the disulphide bridge. The shaφness of the peaks of the linear intermediates and the cyclic final products indicate that all the intermediates were cyclised.
Moreover, no significant peak was seen at about 1232 (M+5) and/or 880.4 (M+7)
(not shown), which means that no dimer was synthesized; in other words no intermolecular disulphide bridge was generated.
In vitro conjugation
Preparation of ex vivo conjugates is used for in vitro tests of the derivative and for the puφoses of subsequent in vivo administration of the conjugate. Therefore, the derivative is conjugated to a blood component. Preferably, the blood component is human serum albumin (HSA). hi examples 22-23-24, HSA is provided by Cortex-Biochem™, San Leandro, CA, USA.
In vitro conjugation examples
Example 58 : Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 3:HSA conjugates. In a 1500 μL Eppendorf™ tube, 450 μL of HSA 25% (g/lOOml) is dispensed, and using a variable speed vortex machine, the HSA solution is vortexed. While vortexing, 50 μL of the compound of Example 3, at a concentration of lOmM in nanopure water, is added. The resulting solution is incubated at 37°C for 4 hours, and stored at 20°C.
Example 59 : Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 4:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
Example 60 : Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 5:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
Example 61 : Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 6:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
Example 62 : Preparation of 1 M of the compound of Example 7:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
Example 63 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 14:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58. Example 64 Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 18:HSA conjugates.
Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
Example 65 : Prepare 1 mM of the compound of Example 54:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
Example 66 : Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 55:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
Example 67 : Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 56:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
Example 68 : Preparation of 1 mM of the compound of Example 57:HSA conjugates. Conjugation to HSA is performed in the same manner as Example 58.
Conjugate purity analysis
For analyzing the purity of the prepared conjugates, two tests are performed by liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry (LC/MS) (Electro Spray Ionization, Agilent HP 1100 Series): 1) quantifying the residual free derivatives with comparison to 1% derivative reference and 2) detecting the conjugates with comparison to HSA.
Conjugate purity results
The residual free derivative remaining in solution is:
Example 58 Conjugates of compound of Example 3 with HSA 2.2% Example 59 Conjugates of compound of Example 4 with HSA: 4.4% Example 60 Conjugates of compound of Example 5 with HSA 3.6% Example 61 Conjugates of compound of Example 6 with HSA: < 1% Example 62 Conjugates of compound of Example 7 with HSA < 1% Example 63 Conjugates of compound of Example 14 with HSA: 1.2% Example 64 Conjugates of compound of Example 18 with HSA: 1.3% Example 65 Conjugates of compound of Example 54 with HSA 1.4% Example 66 Conjugates of compound of Example 55 with HSA: 2.4% Example 67 Conjugates of compound of Example 56 with HSA 0.8% Example 68 Conjugates of compound of Example 57 with HSA: 2.1%
Conjugate weight
Table 7 shows the predicted molecular weight (Predicted) and measured molecular weight (Measured) of conjugates of NP derivatives according to the present invention. All the molecular weights are expressed in g/mol. Molecular weight has been measured by Quadrupole Electro Spray mass spectroscopy. The predicted molecular weight has been established by addition of the theoretical mass of each atom. The differences between the predicted molecular weight and the measured molecular weight are negligible and indicate that the compounds synthesized are the desired compounds.
TABLE 7
Figure imgf000062_0001
0 In vitro binding and activity assays
The potency of NP derivatives is evaluated as their ability to bind NPR receptors in guinea pig adrenal glands and to elevate cGMP levels in a rat primary lung fibroblasts assay.
Others cell lines can be used to perform these in vitro assays such as aortic smooth muscle cells, glomeruli mesangial cells and adrenal cells. Human, rat, and ginea pig cell lines or other 5 species cell lines can be used with a preference for human cell lines.
In vitro binding assays examples
Membranes for binding studies are prepared as follow. Adrenal glands were collected from anesthetized normal Duncan Hartley Guinea Pig and homogenized using a o polytron in 50 mM Tris-HCl buffer containing 150 mM NaCl, 5mM MgCl2, 5mM MnCl2; pH 7.4 at 25°C. The homogenate was centrifuged for 10 minutes at 39,000 x g (4°C). The pellet was resuspended and washed. Finally, the membranes were resuspended in the same buffer supplemented with 1 mM Na2EDTA+0.2% BSA. Protein concentration is measured using the BCA protein assay kit (Pierce). The binding assay is done by incubation of membranes with 5 0.016 nM 125I-rANF and increasing concentrations of either NP peptides or NP derivatives (10"5-10 M) for 60 minutes at 4°C. All assays were done in duplicate. Separation of bound and free radioactive rANF was achieved by rapid filtration through polyethylenimine-treated Whatman GF/C filters soaked in assay buffer. Filters were washed, dried and counted for radioactivity in a gamma-counter. 0 Binding assays results of the NP derivatives comprising NP peptides of formula I are presented on Figure 2 and the binding assays results of the NP derivatives comprising NP peptides based on formula D are presented on Figure 3.
5 hi Figure 2, "Native ANP" is the peptide having the human ANP sequence that has been synthesized in our laboratories (see Example 1) and "hANP" is the commercial peptide provided by Phoenix Pharmaceuticals Inc., Belmont, CA, USA, and catalogue number 005- 06. As it can be seen on Figure 2, native ANP and commercial hANP both inhibited the binding of 125I-ANF to the receptor in a concentration-dependent manner with apparent o inhibition constants (Ki values) of 3.4 x 10"10M and 6.0 x 10"10M, respectively. Conjugates of NP derivatives of Examples 3 and 5 also inhibited the binding of 125I-ANF to the receptor of adrenal glands in a concentration-dependent manner with apparent Ki values of 2.4 x 10"9M and 2.9 x 10"9M respectively. Conjugates of NP derivatives of Examples 6 and 7 had a lower binding affinity and avidity for the NPR receptors. The derivatives of Examples 6 and 7 are 5 modified in the loop in comparison with the derivatives of Examples 3 and 5, which are modified at the N-terminus and C-terminus respectively.
Table 8 shows the concentrations at 50% of inhibition (EC50) and the inhibition constants (KI) that were calculated with the data from which originates the graph in Figure 2. 0
TABLE 8
Figure imgf000063_0001
5 hi Figure 3, "Native BNP" is the peptide having the human BNP sequence that has been synthesized in our laboratories (see Example 21). As it can be seen on Figure 3, native BNP inhibited the binding of I-ANF to the receptor in a concentration-dependent manner with an apparent inhibition constant (Ki value) of 4.8 x 10"9M. Conjugates of NP derivatives of Examples 54 and 55 also inhibited the binding of 125I-ANF to the receptor of adrenal o glands in a concentiation-dependent manner with apparent Ki values of 1.5 x 10"8M and 5.5 x 10" M respectively. Conjugates of NP derivatives of Examples 56 and 57 had a lower binding affinity and avidity for the NPR receptors. The derivatives of Examples 56 and 57 are modified in the loop in comparison with the derivatives of Examples 54 and 55, which are modified at the N-terminus and C-terminus respectively.
Table 9 shows the concentrations at 50% of inhibition (EC50) and the inhibition constants (KT) that were calculated with the data from which originates the graph in Figure 3.
TABLE 9
Figure imgf000064_0001
In vitro activity assays examples
For in vitro activity studies, a human cervix epithelial adenocarcinoma cell line was used. Hela cells express high levels of natriuretic peptide receptors with guanylate cyclase activity.
One day prior cGMP experiments, cells are seeded in 48-wells plate (5X104 cells per well) and incubated overnight. The day of the experiment cells are washed twice in serum-free media and then incubated with or without NP derivatives or native ANP or BNP for one hour, in presence of 3 -isobutyl- 1-methylxanthine to prevent cGMP degradation. Incubation is terminated by removing the assay medium and by adding HCl to the cells for 10 minutes. The supernatants were then collected, centrifuged and cGMP levels are assessed using the direct cGMP EIA kit from Sigma.
All NP derivatives and conjugates were able to elevate cGMP in human Hela cells at concentration ranging from 10"6M to 10"9M, except for the conjugates of the derivatives of Examples 14, 18 and 56 as illustrated in Figures 4, 5 and 6. The EC50 (Effective Concentration of a drug that causes 50% of the maximum response) have been calculated for each NP derivative and conjugate and are listed in Table 10. As it can be seen from Table 10, the increase in cGMP is comparable to that obtained from native ANP and no significant (p< 0.05) differences are observed between them, with exception for the conjugates Example 14 :HS A, Example 18 :HS A and Example 56:HSA. Assays were performed in duplicata and each compound was tested three times. TABLE 10
Figure imgf000065_0001
Analysis of the Stability in Human Plasma
Stability of conjugates of NP peptides is tested in human plasma in comparison to the corresponding free NP peptides so as to show protection of the conjugated NP peptides against enzymatic degradation occurring in human plasma or to select the more stable NP derivatives. hi the examples given below, the corresponding free NP peptide is human ANP, called "hANP" herein below, which was provided by Phoenix Pharmaceuticals hie, Belmont, CA, USA.
Conditions for the analysis of the stability in human plasma are as follow. 750 μL of human plasma (Biochemed hie, Winchester, VA, USA) is poured in a 1500 μL Eppendorf Tube and 250 μL of NP conjugates or hANP 1 mM is added to the plasma in order to obtain a final concentration of 0.25 mM of conjugates or hANP. The solutions are mixed by vortexing and the timer is started. The solutions are incubated at 37°C for 48 hours. An aliquot of 100 μL is removed at time zero, 2 hrs, 4 hrs, 8 hrs, 12 hrs, 24 hrs, and 48 hrs. Each aliquot is placed in a HPLC vial, snap freeze immediately on dry ice and stored at -80°C until the LC/MS analysis.
The LC/MS elution gradient of the peptides and the conjugates are respectively shown in Table 11 and 12; where solvent A is water/TFA mixture (0.1% TFA in H20) and solvent B is acetonitiile/TFA (0.1% TFA in CH3CN). TABLE 11
Figure imgf000066_0001
TABLE 12
Figure imgf000066_0002
For each time point, results are reported as the percentage of peptide or conjugate peak height with respect to the total peak height of the sample. Figure 7 shows the results for hANP (T), conjugates of Example 58 (■) and conjugates of Example 60 (♦).
It can be seen from Figure 7, all the hANP is degraded after 24 hours of incubation in human plasma whereas more than 75% of the ANP conjugated with HSA is not degraded after 48 hours. The resulting half-life of hANP is about 4 hrs. The conjugates of Example 58 (■) comprise an ANP sequence modified at the N-terminal (Example 23) and the conjugates of Example 60 (♦) comprise an ANP sequence modified at the C-terminal (Example 25). Both conjugates show similar results of stability in human plasma.
Analysis of the Stability towards NEP Enzyme
Stability of conjugates of NP peptides is also tested in a NEP enzyme solution in comparison to the corresponding free NP peptides so as to show protection of the conjugated NP peptides against enzymatic degradation by NEP enzyme specifically, hi the examples given below, the corresponding free NP peptide is human ANP, called "hANP" herein below, which was provided by Phoenix Pharmaceuticals hie, Belmont, CA, USA.
Conditions for the analysis of the stability towards NEP enzyme degradation are as follow. The lyophilised enzymes contained in a vial of NEP enzyme (provided by Calbiochem/Novabiochem Coφoration, San Diego, CA, USA, product # 324762) are solubilized with 100 μL of 0.1 M Tris-HCl buffer pH 8.0. It was vortexed and sonnicated to ensure a complete dissolution of the enzymes. One vial contains between 800 and 950 U of enzymes. A solution of conjugates is prepared at 250 μM with 0.1 M Tris-HCl buffer pH 8.0.
Ten parts of the solution of conjugates or hANP (250 μM) are added to 1 part of the NEP enzyme solution (as above prepared). The resulting solution is vortexed and incubated at 37°C under mixing conditions for 48 hours. An aliquot of 50 μL is removed at time zero, 30 min,
1 hr, 2 hrs, 4 hrs, 8 hrs, 12 hrs, 24 hrs, and 48 hrs. Each aliquot is placed in a vial, snap freeze immediately on dry ice and stored at -80°C until analysis.
The site of hydrolysis of NEP on the sequence of ANP is the Cys-Phe peptidic bond at the beginning of the loop, as illustrated in Figure 8. The BNP sequence is also cleaved by NEP at the same site, i.e. at the Cys-Phe peptidic bond at the beginning of the loop.
For detection of the non-hydrolysed NP peptide, radioimmunoassay (RIA) is performed using a commercial polyclonal antibody raised against human native ANP (Product # RGG-8798, Peninsula Laboratories Inc. Division of Bachem, San Carlos, CA, USA).
For the radioimmunoassay, 50 μL of either NP conjugate calibration standards, quality control samples, or diluted test samples in assay buffer (0.05M phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, 0.08% sodium azide, 0.025M EDTA, and 0.1% gelatin) is added to the appropriately labeled 12 x 75 mm borosilicate glass test tubes. 50 μL of assay buffer is added to the NSB (Non Specific Binding) and zero-standard (Reference) tubes. Then, 300 μL of assay buffer is added to each NSB tube and 200 μL of this same buffer is added to each of the other 12 x 75 mm borosilicate glass test tubes. A volume of 100 μL of rabbit anti-ANP IgG working solution, at a concentration of 2 μg/ L in assay buffer, is then added to all tubes except TC (Total Counts) and NSB tubes. Tube contents are mixed and incubated overnight (16 - 24 hours) at approximately 4°C. On the second day, 100 μL of 125I-hANP (approximately 20,000 cpm/lOOμL) is added to all tubes. Tube contents are mixed and incubated overnight (16 - 24 hours) at approximately 4°C. On the third day, 1000 μL of 0.6% charcoal in 0.05M phosphate buffer is added to all tubes except TC tubes. Tubes are mixed and incubated at approximately 4°C for approximately 30 minutes. After incubation, all tubes except TC tubes are then centrifuged at 4000 φm for approximately 30 minutes at approximately 4°C. Free antigen is separated from the bound antigen by decanting the supernatant. The supernatants (bound fractions) are then counted on a gamma counter (Packard Cobra H Auto-Gamma) for at least 2 minutes. The amount of [125I]-labeled antigen bound to the antibody is inversely proportional to the concentration of antigen in the tubes. For each time point of the incubation with NEP enzyme, results are reported as the percentage of peptide or conjugate with respect to the total amount of the sample. Figure 9 shows the results for hANP (T), conjugates of Example 58 (■) and capped HSA (•). "Capped
HSA" is albumin with a cysteine residue bonded to it.
5
It can be seeri from Figure 9, most of the hANP is hydrolysed within 12 hours whereas the conjugated ANP (conjugates of Example 58) take about 48 hrs to be hydrolysed completely by NEP enzyme in the test conditions, hi order to prove that the hydrolysis caused by NEP enzyme occurs hi the ANP sequences and not in HSA, a control with capped HSA is o used and shows that albumin is not (or almost not) subject to NEP hydrolysis.
Pharmacokmetic studies
Pharmacokinetic studies of the derivatives are carried out in male Sprague-Dawley rats by subcutaneous (250 nmol/kg) or intravenous (50 nmol/kg) injection. Serial blood 5 samples were taken at pre-dose and 5 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hrs, 4 hrs, 8 hrs, 24 hrs, 48 hrs, 72 hrs and 96 hrs post-agent administration. Blood samples were collected into tubes containing K2- EDTA and aprotinin, then centrifuged to obtain plasma and kept frozen until analysis by radioimmunoassay (RIA). A commercial polyclonal antibody raised against human native ANP (Product # RGG-8798, Peninsula Laboratories Inc. Division of Bachem, San Carlos, CA, USA) 0 is used to detect the compounds. The assay sensitivity is 300 to 10 000 pM. Specific monoclonal antibodies need to be prepared and used for detecting each NP derivative that contains a NP peptide significatively different from the ANP and BNP. For derivatives of ANP and BNP, commercial antibodies are available. For the derivatives of NP peptide having a high homology with ANP or BNP, the commercially available antibodies may successflly be used in 5 the RIA.
hi Figure 10, the bioavailability of free NP peptides is compared with the bioavailability of conjugated NP peptides. It can be seen that the conjugated ANP (conjugates of NP peptide of Example 3) administrered by intravenous injection (A) or by subcutaneous o injection (•) are still bioavailable after 96 hrs whereas free ANP (NP peptide of Example 3) administered by intravenous injection (o) or by subcutaneous injection (O) are not present in the blood stream within 5 min.
hi these rat studies, the half-life of the conjugated ANP (conjugates of Example 58) 5 administrered by intravenous injection (A) or by subcutaneous injection (•) is 17,5 ± 1,5 hours and 14,8 ± 0,6 hours respectively. The half-life of free ANP (NP peptide of Example 3) administered by subcutaneous injection (o) is 0,2 ± 0,06 hour and the one for ANP administered by intravenous injection (D) could not be calculated since it was too short. In vivo assays
Animal models of congestive heart failure are used to assess the optimal dose response, the duration of action and the most effective NP derivatives and NP conjugates. The two following animal models can be used to do so: the spontaneous hypertensive rats (SHR
5 rats) and the pacing model in dogs (Muders and Eisner, Pharm Res, 2000). Since native BNP is known to have no activity in rats, the derivatives of NP peptides having a high homology with BNP are not tested in the SHR rats; therefore dogs' models or other models would be used.
0 SHR rats are genetically hypertensive rats, which develop significantly elevated systolic blood pressure (BP) by 4 weeks of age. As a consequence of sustained elevated blood pressure throughout their lifetimes, these rats develop congestive heart failure by around 1 year of age. hi addition to high blood pressure, this model is also characterized by left ventricular hypertrophy and left ventricular fibrosis. SHR rats have been used previously in 5 studies of the in vivo effects of atrial natriuretic peptide. Single doses of ANP analogues produced a temporary drop in BP, while continuous infusions were required to sustain a decrease in systolic BP (DeMay et. al. J Pharm Exper Therap, 1987).
The pacing model in dogs, involves the implantation of programmable cardiac o pacemakers. After a surgical recovery period, the heart rate is increased incrementally from
180 to 240 beats/min over a 31 to 38 day period. This model allows for the study of different stages of heart failure, evolving from the normal heart, to asymptomatic left ventricular dysfunction, to overt congestive heart failure (Luchner et. al. Eur J Heart Failure, 2000). Characteristics of this model include increases of heart rate, increased cardiac filling pressure, 5 low cardiac output, edema formation and activation of the sympathetic nervous system and other vasoconstrictor hormones (Arnolda et al, Austr. NZ J Med., 1999). The pacing model has been used previously in studies of the effects of both ANP and BNP on heart failure (Luchner et al, 2000; and Yamamoto et al, Am J Physiol, 1997).
o In vivo results
Tables 13 and 14 show in vivo results in SHR rats of 7 week old and in Winstar- Kyoto rats of 7 week old respectively. The increase of urine secretion and the increase of cGMP expression have been measured 24 and 48 hours after injection of compound of Example 3. Concentrations of 1, 2 and 4 mg of compounds per kg of rats have been tested in 5 comparison with saline solution. Contiol values have been taken before injection (pre-dose). The urine secretion ( Vol.) is expressed in mL/day of urine exceeding the value at pre-dose. The cGMP expression (cGMP) is reported in ηmol/day and was measured by RIA method. TABLE 13
Figure imgf000070_0001
While the invention has been described in connection with specific embodiments thereof, it will be understood that it is capable of further modifications, and this application is intended to cover any variations, uses or adaptations of the invention following, in general, the principles of the invention, and including such departures from the present description as come within known or customary practice within the art to which the invention pertains, and as may be applied to the essential features hereinbefore set forth, and as follows in the scope of the appended claims.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A natriuretic peptide derivative comprising a NP peptide and a reactive entity coupled to the NP peptide, the reactive entity being capable of covalently bonding with a functionality on a blood component; wherein the NP peptide has a sequence of formula:
R1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-Xg-X9-X10-Cys11-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-Asp17-Arg18-
Ile19-X 0-X21-X22-Ser23-X2 -Leu25-X26-Cys27-X28- X2c)-X30-X31-X32-X33-R2 wherein
Xi is Thr or absent;
X2 is Ser, Thr, Ala or absent; X3 is Pro, Hpr, Val, or absent;
Xt is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent;
Xs is Met, Leu, He, an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid, Ser, Thr or absent;
Xδ is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
X7 is Gin, Asn, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent; X8 is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent;
X9 is Ser, Thr or absent;
Xio is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala, Ser, Thr or absent;
X12 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme;
3 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
Xι is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, Asp, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X15 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or Asp; Xi6 is Met, Leu, He or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid;
X2o is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X21 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Val, Leu, or He;
X22 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala, Pro, Gin or Asn;
X2 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X28 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin, His or absent;
X29 is Val, He, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle, Ser, Thr or absent;
X30 is Leu, Nle, He, Val, Met, Ala, D-Ala, Phe, Tyr or absent;
X3ι is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent; X32 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Tyr, Phe, Tφ, Thr, Ser or absent;
X33 is His, Asn, Gin, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent;
Ri is NH2 or a N-terminal blocking group; R2 is COOH, CONH2 or a C-terminal blocking group; where a peptidic bond links Argis and fleι9 and the line between Cysn and Cys27 represents a direct disulfide bridge.
2. The derivative defined in claim 1 wherein: Xi is Thr or absent; X2 is Ala or absent; X3 is Pro or absent; X4 is Arg or absent; X5 is Ser, Thr or absent;
Xβ is Leu, He, Nle, Met, Val, Ala, Phe or absent; X7 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent; X8 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys, Gin, Asn or absent; X9 is Ser, Thr or absent; Xio is Ser, Thr or absent;
X12 is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl,- hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme; X13 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X14 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X15 is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, or Asp;
Xi6 is Met Leu, He or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid; X20 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X21 is Ala, D-Ala, Val, Leu, or He;
X22 is Gin or Asn; X2 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X28 is Asn, Gin, His, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent; X29 is Ser, Thr or absent;
X3o is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, He, Ala or absent; X3ι is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent; X32 is Tyr, Phe, Tφ, Thr, Ser or absent; X33 is absent; Ri is NH2 or a N-terminal blocking group;
R2 is COOH, CONH2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
3. The derivative of claim 2 wherein Xi is Thr or absent; X2 is Ala or absent;
X3 is Pro or absent;
X4 is Arg or absent;
X5 is Ser or absent; Xβ is Leu or absent;
X7 is Arg, Asp or absent;
X8 is Arg, Asp or absent;
X9 is Ser or absent;
Xio is Ser or absent; X12 is Phe or Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropiomc acid;
Xπ is Gly;
X14 is Gly; X15 is Arg or Asp;
Xi6 is Met or He;
X20 is Gly;
X22 is Gin; X2 is Gly;
X26 is Gly;
X28 is Asn or absent;
X29 is Ser or absent;
X3o is Phe or absent; X31 is Arg, Asp or absent;
X32 is Tyr or absent;
X33 is absent;
Ri is NH2 or a N-terminal blocking group;
R2 is COOH, CONH2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
4. The derivative of claim 3, wherein the NP peptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 1, SEQ HD NO: 8, SEQ HD NO: 12, SEQ HD NO: 13, SEQ DD NO: 15, SEQ DD NO: 17 and SEQ DD NO: 19.
5. The derivative defined in any one of claims 1 to 4, selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 2, SEQ DD NO: 3, SEQ DD NO: 4, SEQ DD NO: 5, SEQ DD NO: 6, SEQ DD NO: 7, SEQ DD NO: 9, SEQ DD NO: 10, SEQ DD NO:ll, SEQ DD NO: 14, SEQ DD NO: 16, SEQ DD NO:18 and SEQ DD NO: 20.
6. The derivative defined in claim 1, wherein :
Xi is absent;
X2 is Ser, Thr or absent;
X3 is Pro, Hpr, Val or absent; X is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent;
Xs is Met, Leu, De, an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid or absent;
Xό is Val, De, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent;
X7 is Gin, Asn or absent;
X8 is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala or absent; X9 is Ser, Thr or absent;
Xio is Gly, Pro, Ala, D-Ala or absent;
Xι is Phe, Tyr, Leu, Val, De, Ala, D-Ala, Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid, or a Phe-replacement amino acid conferring on said analog resistance to NEP enzyme;
3 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
Xι is Arg, Lys, D-Lys, or Asp;
X15 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn or Gin;
Xi6 is Met, Leu, De or an oxidatively stable Met-replacement amino acid; X2o is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X21 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X22 is Ser, Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X2 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro;
X26 is Gly, Ala, D-Ala or Pro; X28 is Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg, Asn, Gin or absent;
X29 is Val, De, Leu, Met, Phe, Ala, D-Ala, Nle or absent; X3o is Leu, Nle, He, Val, Met, Ala, D-Ala, Phe or absent; X3ι is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent; X32 is Arg, D-Arg, Asp, Lys, D-Lys or absent; X33 is His, Asn, Gin, Lys, D-Lys, Arg, D-Arg or absent;
Ri is NH2 or a N-terminal blocking group;
R2 is COOH, CONH2 or a C-terminal blocking group.
7. The derivative of claim 6 wherein: Xi is absent;
X2 is Ser or absent; X3 is Pro or absent; 4 is Lys or absent; X5 is Met, He or absent; Xβ is Val or absent;
X7 is Gin or absent;
Xs is Gly or absent;
X9 is Ser or absent; 5 Xio is Gly or absent;
X12 is Phe or Phe with an isosteric replacement of its amide bond selected from the group consisting of N-oc-methyl, methyl amino, hydroxyl ethyl, hydrazino, ethylene, sulfonamide and N-alkyl-β-aminopropionic acid;
Xis is Gly; o Xi4 is Arg or Asp;
X15 is Lys or Arg;
Figure imgf000075_0001
X20 is Ser;
X21 is Ser; 5 X22 is Ser;
X24 is Gly;
X26 is Gly;
X28 is Lys, Arg or absent;
X29 is Val or absent; o X3o is Leu or absent;
X3ι is Arg, Asp or absent; X32 is Arg, Asp or absent; X33 is His or absent.
5 8. The derivative of 7 wherein the NP peptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO: 21, SEQ DD NO: 22, SEQ DD NO: 23, SEQ DD NO: 25, SEQ DD NO: 28, SEQ DD NO: 31, SEQ DD NO: 34, SEQ DD NO: 37, SEQ DD NO: 39, SEQ DD NO: 42, SEQ DD NO: 45, SEQ DD NO: 48 and SEQ DD NO: 51.
0 9. The derivative defined in any one of claims 1, 6 to 8 selected from the group consisting of
SEQ DD NO: 24, SEQ DD NO: 26, SEQ DD NO: 27, SEQ DD NO: 29, SEQ DD NO: 30, SEQ DD NO: 32, SEQ DD NO: 33, SEQ DD NO: 35, SEQ DD NO: 36, SEQ DD NO: 38, SEQ HD NO: 40, SEQ DD NO: 41, SEQ DD NO: 43, SEQ DD NO: 44, SEQ DD NO: 46, SEQ DD NO: 47, SEQ DD NO: 49, SEQ DD NO: 50, SEQ DD NO: 52, SEQ DD NO: 53, SEQ DD NO: 54, SEQ DD NO: 55, 5 SEQ DD NO: 56 and SEQ DD NO: 57.
10. The derivative defined in any one of claim 1 to 9, being capable of selectively covalently bonding with a single functionality on the blood component whith a degree of selectivity of 80% or more.
11. The derivative defined in any one of claim 10, wherein the derivative bonds the blood component in a ratio 1 : 1 derivative:blood component.
12. The derivative of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the reactive entity is a maleimide or a maleimido-containing group.
13. The derivative of claim 13, wherein the reactive entity is MPA.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the derivative defined in any one of claims 1 to 13 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
15. The composition of claim 16 for the treatment of congestive heart failure.
16. The composition of claim 15 for the treatment of hypertension.
17. A method for the treatment of congestive heart failure in a subject comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of the derivative defined in any one of claims 1 to 13, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
18. A conjugate comprising the derivative defined in any one of claims 1 to 13 covalently bonded to a blood component, where the covalent bond is performed in vivo or ex vivo.
19. The conjugate of claim 18, wherein the reactive entity is a maleimide or a maleimido- containing group and the blood component is a blood protein.
20. The conjugate of claim 19, wherein the blood protein is semm albumin.
21. A method for the treatment of congestive heart failure in a subject comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of the conjugate defined in any one of claims 18 to 20, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
22. A method for extending the in vivo half-life of a NP peptide as defined in any one of claims 1 to 9, the method comprising coupling to the NP peptide a reactive group which is capable of forming a covalent bond with a blood component, and covalently bonding in vivo or ex vivo the NP peptide to a blood component.
23. The method as claimed in claim 22, wherein the blood component is semm albumin.
24. A method for the treatment of renal disorder in a subject comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of the derivative defined in any one of claims 1 to 13 or the conjugate defined in any one of claims 18 to 20, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutical carrier.
25. A method for the treatment of hypertension in a subject comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of the derivative defined in any one of claims 1 to 13 or the conjugate defined in any one of claims 18 to 20, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutical carrier.
26. A method for the treatment of asthma in a subject comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of the derivative defined in any one of claims 1 to 13 or the conjugate defined in any one of claims 18 to 20, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutical carrier.
PCT/CA2003/001097 1999-05-17 2003-07-29 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives WO2004011498A2 (en)

Priority Applications (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002488348A CA2488348A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2003-07-29 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives
US10/471,348 US20040266673A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2003-07-29 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives
AU2003246500A AU2003246500A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2003-07-29 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives
JP2004523679A JP2006514607A (en) 2002-07-31 2003-07-29 Long-lasting sodium excretion increasing peptide derivative
EP03771007A EP1530588A2 (en) 2002-07-31 2003-07-29 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives
US11/040,810 US20050176641A1 (en) 2000-05-17 2005-01-21 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives
US11/067,556 US7601691B2 (en) 1999-05-17 2005-02-25 Anti-obesity agents
US11/923,222 US7906482B2 (en) 1999-05-17 2007-10-24 Anti-obesity agents
US11/926,843 US20080199532A1 (en) 1999-05-17 2007-10-29 Long Lasting Natriuretic Peptide Derivatives
US12/253,856 US20090275506A1 (en) 2000-05-17 2008-10-17 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US40019902P 2002-07-31 2002-07-31
US40041302P 2002-07-31 2002-07-31
US60/400,413 2002-07-31
US60/400,199 2002-07-31

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/471,348 A-371-Of-International US20040266673A1 (en) 1999-05-17 2003-07-29 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives
US11/040,810 Continuation US20050176641A1 (en) 1999-05-17 2005-01-21 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004011498A2 true WO2004011498A2 (en) 2004-02-05
WO2004011498A3 WO2004011498A3 (en) 2004-06-24

Family

ID=31191354

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CA2003/001097 WO2004011498A2 (en) 1999-05-17 2003-07-29 Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1530588A2 (en)
JP (2) JP2006514607A (en)
AU (1) AU2003246500A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2488348A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004011498A2 (en)

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006005140A2 (en) 2004-07-15 2006-01-19 The University Of Queensland Proteinaceous compounds and uses therefor
WO2006108686A2 (en) * 2005-04-14 2006-10-19 Aic Bnp agonists
WO2007041645A2 (en) * 2005-10-03 2007-04-12 Scios Inc. Oxidized human bnp
EP1776132A2 (en) * 2004-05-26 2007-04-25 Nobex Corporation Natriuretic compounds, conjugates, and uses thereof
JP2008537542A (en) * 2005-03-07 2008-09-18 モンドビーオテッヒ ライセンシング オアト アーゲー Formulation for Aviptadil
WO2008136611A1 (en) * 2007-05-03 2008-11-13 Hanmi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Natriuretic peptide conjugate using carrier substance
WO2008154226A1 (en) * 2007-06-06 2008-12-18 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Natriuretic fusion proteins
US7601691B2 (en) 1999-05-17 2009-10-13 Conjuchem Biotechnologies Inc. Anti-obesity agents
US7662773B2 (en) 2002-11-26 2010-02-16 Biocon Limited Natriuretic compounds, conjugates, and uses thereof
EP2173773A1 (en) * 2007-07-06 2010-04-14 Theratechnologies Inc. Bifunctional fusion proteins of the alpha-melanocyte stimulating hormone (alpha-msh) and atrial natriuretic protein (anp) and uses in hypertension and acute kidney injury
US7737251B2 (en) 2001-02-16 2010-06-15 Conjuchem Biotechnologies Inc. Long lasting glucagon-like peptide 2 (GLP-2) for the treatment of gastrointestinal diseases and disorders
US8071560B2 (en) 2004-02-17 2011-12-06 University Of South Florida Materials and methods for reducing inflammation by inhibition of the atrial natriuretic peptide receptor
DE102010032482A1 (en) 2010-07-28 2012-02-02 Justus-Liebig-Universität Giessen New receptor agonist having renin-suppressing activity, antihypertrophic activity and influence of second messenger cyclic guanosine monophosphate during vasodilation, natriuresis and diuresis, useful to treat e.g. nephrotic syndrome
WO2012013597A1 (en) 2010-07-28 2012-02-02 Justus-Liebig-Universität Giessen Substances and the use thereof for influencing natriuretic peptide receptors
US8148114B2 (en) 2004-02-17 2012-04-03 University Of South Florida Materials and methods for treatment of inflammatory and cell proliferation disorders
US8623835B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2014-01-07 University Of South Florida Materials and methods for treatment of respiratory allergic diseases
US9260474B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2016-02-16 Hybio Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method for solid phase synthesis of liraglutide
US9266939B2 (en) 2010-12-27 2016-02-23 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising natriuretic peptides and methods of use thereof
US9616109B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2017-04-11 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Insulin vitamin D conjugates
US9789197B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2017-10-17 Extend Biosciences, Inc. RNAi vitamin D conjugates
US9884124B2 (en) 2012-05-17 2018-02-06 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Carriers for improved drug delivery
CN107709352A (en) * 2015-05-29 2018-02-16 Igisu株式会社 Cyclic peptide and medicine, external preparation and cosmetics containing the cyclic peptide
US10052366B2 (en) 2012-05-21 2018-08-21 Alexion Pharmaceuticsl, Inc. Compositions comprising alkaline phosphatase and/or natriuretic peptide and methods of use thereof
US10184942B2 (en) 2011-03-17 2019-01-22 University Of South Florida Natriuretic peptide receptor as a biomarker for diagnosis and prognosis of cancer
US10406202B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-09-10 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Therapeutic vitamin D conjugates
US10449236B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2019-10-22 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treating seizure with recombinant alkaline phosphatase
US10603361B2 (en) 2015-01-28 2020-03-31 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating a subject with an alkaline phosphatase deficiency
US10822596B2 (en) 2014-07-11 2020-11-03 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating craniosynostosis
US10898549B2 (en) 2016-04-01 2021-01-26 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypophosphatasia in adolescents and adults
US10988744B2 (en) 2016-06-06 2021-04-27 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of producing alkaline phosphatase
US11065306B2 (en) 2016-03-08 2021-07-20 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypophosphatasia in children
US11116821B2 (en) 2016-08-18 2021-09-14 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating tracheobronchomalacia
US11186832B2 (en) 2016-04-01 2021-11-30 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treating muscle weakness with alkaline phosphatases
US11224637B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2022-01-18 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypophosphatasia (HPP) in adults and adolescents
US11229686B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2022-01-25 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Reduced frequency dosage regimens for tissue non-specific alkaline phosphatase (TNSALP)-enzyme replacement therapy of hypophosphatasia
US11248021B2 (en) 2004-04-21 2022-02-15 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bone delivery conjugates and method of using same to target proteins to bone
US11352612B2 (en) 2015-08-17 2022-06-07 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Manufacturing of alkaline phosphatases
US11400140B2 (en) 2015-10-30 2022-08-02 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating craniosynostosis in a patient
CN116284329A (en) * 2023-04-28 2023-06-23 成都奥达生物科技有限公司 Long-acting natriuretic peptide compound
US11913039B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2024-02-27 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for producing recombinant alkaline phosphatase

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5010913B2 (en) * 2006-12-31 2012-08-29 寿子 小出 Tissue regeneration preparation containing atrial diuretic hormone family molecule as active substance, tissue regeneration method using the preparation, hair growth, hair growth, hair restorer and skin tissue repair improving agent containing atrial diuretic hormone family molecule as active substance Hair growth, hair thickening, hair growth promoting method and skin tissue repair improving method using the preparation
CN103402534B (en) * 2011-02-23 2016-10-12 麦德林制药私人有限公司 For treating the Therapeutic Method of congestive heart failure

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000069900A2 (en) * 1999-05-17 2000-11-23 Conjuchem, Inc. Protection of endogenous therapeutic peptides from peptidase activity through conjugation to blood components

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IE862891L (en) * 1985-11-05 1987-05-05 Behringwerke Ag Analogs of atrial natriuretic peptides
JP3042782B2 (en) * 1985-11-05 2000-05-22 サイオス インコーポレイテッド Atrial natriuretic peptide-enhancing compound
CA2033198A1 (en) * 1989-05-24 1990-11-25 Scott D. Lucas Atrial peptide derivatives
JP4209086B2 (en) * 1999-05-17 2009-01-14 コンジュケム バイオテクノロジーズ インコーポレイテッド Long-lasting anti-angiogenic peptide
EP1212120A2 (en) * 1999-09-07 2002-06-12 Conjuchem, Inc. Methods and compositions containing succinimide or maleimide derivatives of antineoplastic agents, for producing long lasting antineoplastic agents

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000069900A2 (en) * 1999-05-17 2000-11-23 Conjuchem, Inc. Protection of endogenous therapeutic peptides from peptidase activity through conjugation to blood components

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LEGER ROGER ET AL: "Synthesis and in vitro analysis of atrial natriuretic peptide-albumin conjugates." BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, vol. 13, no. 20, 20 October 2003 (2003-10-20), pages 3571-3575, XP001156881 ISSN: 0960-894X *
See also references of EP1530588A2 *

Cited By (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7601691B2 (en) 1999-05-17 2009-10-13 Conjuchem Biotechnologies Inc. Anti-obesity agents
US7906482B2 (en) 1999-05-17 2011-03-15 Advanced Diagnostics And Discovery Anti-obesity agents
US7737251B2 (en) 2001-02-16 2010-06-15 Conjuchem Biotechnologies Inc. Long lasting glucagon-like peptide 2 (GLP-2) for the treatment of gastrointestinal diseases and disorders
US8623835B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2014-01-07 University Of South Florida Materials and methods for treatment of respiratory allergic diseases
US7662773B2 (en) 2002-11-26 2010-02-16 Biocon Limited Natriuretic compounds, conjugates, and uses thereof
US7648962B2 (en) 2002-11-26 2010-01-19 Biocon Limited Natriuretic compounds, conjugates, and uses thereof
US8148114B2 (en) 2004-02-17 2012-04-03 University Of South Florida Materials and methods for treatment of inflammatory and cell proliferation disorders
US8071560B2 (en) 2004-02-17 2011-12-06 University Of South Florida Materials and methods for reducing inflammation by inhibition of the atrial natriuretic peptide receptor
US11248021B2 (en) 2004-04-21 2022-02-15 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bone delivery conjugates and method of using same to target proteins to bone
EP1776132A4 (en) * 2004-05-26 2009-07-01 Biocon Ltd Natriuretic compounds, conjugates, and uses thereof
EP1776132A2 (en) * 2004-05-26 2007-04-25 Nobex Corporation Natriuretic compounds, conjugates, and uses thereof
WO2006005140A2 (en) 2004-07-15 2006-01-19 The University Of Queensland Proteinaceous compounds and uses therefor
US8058242B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2011-11-15 The University Of Queensland Chimeric proteins with natriuretic activity
JP2008537542A (en) * 2005-03-07 2008-09-18 モンドビーオテッヒ ライセンシング オアト アーゲー Formulation for Aviptadil
WO2006108686A2 (en) * 2005-04-14 2006-10-19 Aic Bnp agonists
WO2006108686A3 (en) * 2005-04-14 2006-12-21 Aic Bnp agonists
WO2007041645A3 (en) * 2005-10-03 2007-06-28 Scios Inc Oxidized human bnp
WO2007041645A2 (en) * 2005-10-03 2007-04-12 Scios Inc. Oxidized human bnp
WO2008136611A1 (en) * 2007-05-03 2008-11-13 Hanmi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Natriuretic peptide conjugate using carrier substance
WO2008154226A1 (en) * 2007-06-06 2008-12-18 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Natriuretic fusion proteins
US8822413B2 (en) 2007-07-06 2014-09-02 Theratechnologies Inc. Bifunctional hormone having alpha-MSH activity and natriuretic peptide activity and uses thereof
EP2173773A4 (en) * 2007-07-06 2010-07-07 Theratechnologies Inc Bifunctional fusion proteins of the alpha-melanocyte stimulating hormone (alpha-msh) and atrial natriuretic protein (anp) and uses in hypertension and acute kidney injury
EP2173773A1 (en) * 2007-07-06 2010-04-14 Theratechnologies Inc. Bifunctional fusion proteins of the alpha-melanocyte stimulating hormone (alpha-msh) and atrial natriuretic protein (anp) and uses in hypertension and acute kidney injury
DE102010032482A1 (en) 2010-07-28 2012-02-02 Justus-Liebig-Universität Giessen New receptor agonist having renin-suppressing activity, antihypertrophic activity and influence of second messenger cyclic guanosine monophosphate during vasodilation, natriuresis and diuresis, useful to treat e.g. nephrotic syndrome
WO2012013597A1 (en) 2010-07-28 2012-02-02 Justus-Liebig-Universität Giessen Substances and the use thereof for influencing natriuretic peptide receptors
US9266939B2 (en) 2010-12-27 2016-02-23 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising natriuretic peptides and methods of use thereof
US10184942B2 (en) 2011-03-17 2019-01-22 University Of South Florida Natriuretic peptide receptor as a biomarker for diagnosis and prognosis of cancer
US9260474B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2016-02-16 Hybio Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method for solid phase synthesis of liraglutide
US9884124B2 (en) 2012-05-17 2018-02-06 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Carriers for improved drug delivery
US10052366B2 (en) 2012-05-21 2018-08-21 Alexion Pharmaceuticsl, Inc. Compositions comprising alkaline phosphatase and/or natriuretic peptide and methods of use thereof
US10822596B2 (en) 2014-07-11 2020-11-03 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating craniosynostosis
US9616109B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2017-04-11 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Insulin vitamin D conjugates
US10406202B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-09-10 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Therapeutic vitamin D conjugates
US10420819B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-09-24 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Insulin vitamin D conjugates
US10702574B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2020-07-07 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Therapeutic vitamin D conjugates
US9789197B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2017-10-17 Extend Biosciences, Inc. RNAi vitamin D conjugates
US11116816B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2021-09-14 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Therapeutic vitamin d conjugates
US11224638B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2022-01-18 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treating seizure with recombinant alkaline phosphatase
US10449236B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2019-10-22 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treating seizure with recombinant alkaline phosphatase
US10603361B2 (en) 2015-01-28 2020-03-31 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating a subject with an alkaline phosphatase deficiency
US11564978B2 (en) 2015-01-28 2023-01-31 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating a subject with an alkaline phosphatase deficiency
CN107709352A (en) * 2015-05-29 2018-02-16 Igisu株式会社 Cyclic peptide and medicine, external preparation and cosmetics containing the cyclic peptide
US20180066020A1 (en) * 2015-05-29 2018-03-08 Igisu Co., Ltd. A cyclic peptide and a medicament, external preparation and cosmetic comprising said cyclic peptide
US11352612B2 (en) 2015-08-17 2022-06-07 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Manufacturing of alkaline phosphatases
US11229686B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2022-01-25 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Reduced frequency dosage regimens for tissue non-specific alkaline phosphatase (TNSALP)-enzyme replacement therapy of hypophosphatasia
US11400140B2 (en) 2015-10-30 2022-08-02 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating craniosynostosis in a patient
US11065306B2 (en) 2016-03-08 2021-07-20 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypophosphatasia in children
US11186832B2 (en) 2016-04-01 2021-11-30 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treating muscle weakness with alkaline phosphatases
US10898549B2 (en) 2016-04-01 2021-01-26 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypophosphatasia in adolescents and adults
US10988744B2 (en) 2016-06-06 2021-04-27 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of producing alkaline phosphatase
US11116821B2 (en) 2016-08-18 2021-09-14 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating tracheobronchomalacia
US11224637B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2022-01-18 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypophosphatasia (HPP) in adults and adolescents
US11913039B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2024-02-27 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for producing recombinant alkaline phosphatase
CN116284329A (en) * 2023-04-28 2023-06-23 成都奥达生物科技有限公司 Long-acting natriuretic peptide compound
CN116284329B (en) * 2023-04-28 2023-12-08 成都奥达生物科技有限公司 Long-acting natriuretic peptide compound

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1530588A2 (en) 2005-05-18
JP2010047614A (en) 2010-03-04
JP2006514607A (en) 2006-05-11
WO2004011498A3 (en) 2004-06-24
AU2003246500A1 (en) 2004-02-16
CA2488348A1 (en) 2004-02-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20050176641A1 (en) Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives
WO2004011498A2 (en) Long lasting natriuretic peptide derivatives
US7112567B2 (en) Long lasting glucagon-like peptide 2 (glp-2) for the treatment of gastrointestinal diseases and disorders
US7268113B2 (en) Long lasting growth hormone releasing factor derivatives
US7906482B2 (en) Anti-obesity agents
AU2002233089A1 (en) Long lasting glucagon-like peptide 2 (GLP-2) for the treatment of gastrointestinal diseases and disorders
US8080516B2 (en) Long lasting synthetic exendin-4 peptide conjugates
AU754770B2 (en) Long lasting insulinotropic peptides
AU2002233082A1 (en) Long lasting growth hormone releasing factor derivatives
ZA200106676B (en) Long lasting insulinotropic peptides.
AU2005218012A1 (en) Long lasting growth hormone releasing factor derivatives

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10471348

Country of ref document: US

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2488348

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003246500

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003771007

Country of ref document: EP

Ref document number: 2004523679

Country of ref document: JP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003771007

Country of ref document: EP